<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xml:base="https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com"  xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">
<channel>
 <title>Open Encyclopedia of Anthropology - Race &amp; Ethnicity</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry-tags/race-ethnicity</link>
 <description></description>
 <language>en</language>
<item>
 <title>Atmospheres</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/atmospheres</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/52755518720_e682a805b0_o.jpg?itok=G4nsR7sS&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-media-credits field-type-text-long field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 16px; caret-color: rgb(34, 34, 34); color: rgb(34, 34, 34); font-family: &amp;quot;Open Sans&amp;quot;;&quot;&gt;&quot;Morning rituals&quot;, 2022. Picture by &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.flickr.com/photos/140077762@N04/52755518720/in/photolist-2onPPJY-sph1Me-Rn99Bs-qCit47-ePNGF7-ePNhKw-ePB76e-ePB4CH-ePNKcj-7fyarK-ePNAVu-AWVzF6-ePBqXc-2iSVqNd-8Ft4NW-4qC8Qb-BVYiz-BVYLr-EAReL5-S7SWQ-BVYD9-d99j1o-gKnpU-4H8jeU-a5THfm-4H49pg-2k7PQxU-drLZbL-X2JbrN-2ofPPMo-eTDdG9-2iUnrCW-5AS7s9-58YY9v-4H8kXQ-nzvnD-4H4arv-ZTHmoX-9etdyD-23nn8mj-8bsRPx-9DTJX4-6VAwkj-WUzsEA-2hEmbD2-miMnFY-aLuCQ2-eTrPgH-2UsUj8-fQNFsF&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Jason Boldero&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/affect-emotion&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Affect &amp;amp; Emotion&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/environment&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Environment&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/methods-methodology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Methods &amp;amp; Methodology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/race-ethnicity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Race &amp;amp; Ethnicity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/semiotics&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Semiotics&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/michael-schnegg&quot;&gt;Michael Schnegg&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/jonas-bens&quot;&gt;Jonas Bens&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;University of Hamburg&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;25&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Nov &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2025&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25atmospheres&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/25atmospheres&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Atmospheres are the overall feeling of a situation that people experience individually and collectively. They are created by the affective relationships between the human and non-human, material and immaterial bodies that comprise a situation. Yet an atmosphere is at the same time more than the sum of its parts. People often experience atmospheres as something that cannot be put into words easily; nevertheless, atmospheres enable or disable certain behaviours in situational and sometimes unpredictable ways. This entry outlines what atmospheres are, what they do, and how they can be analysed from an anthropological perspective. The entry shows that the study of atmospheres has significant explanatory power that anthropology should continue to explore.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction &amp;amp; social science antecedents&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Every situation has an atmosphere: a general feeling, tonality, or vibe that people experience collectively and individually. When we enter a room, or any other social space, its atmosphere makes us feel something: at ease or uneasy, comfortable or uncomfortable, included or excluded. Atmospheres contribute in important ways to meanings, feelings, and behaviours. They circumscribe what we can say, how we can move, or even which behaviours we consider appropriate. But atmospheres are never quite clear to us; they feel—at least to some extent—fleeting, indeterminate, and difficult to grasp.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There is an intuitive importance of this kind of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;affective&lt;/a&gt; in-between captured in the term ‘atmosphere’. Despite this, it is remarkable how late anthropologists began to theorise atmospheres more thoroughly. Instead, they have used a series of closely related concepts in the past to make sense of them. One good starting point for understanding atmospheres is the ancient Greek etymology of the term and its early uses. The word atmosphere comes from &lt;em&gt;ἀτμός&lt;/em&gt; (atmós), ‘vapour, steam,’ and &lt;em&gt;σφαῖρα&lt;/em&gt; (sphaîra), describing a ‘sphere’ produced by it. In line with these meanings, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; writings of the sixteenth century used the term in two different ways: to describe the gaseous envelope of a celestial body (e.g., the Earth) and to refer to emanations of the human body. In relation to humans, these effluvia and material airs were perceived to vary with social categories, including gender, age, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;, and class. Social emanations were the forces that influenced relationships and led to attraction or repulsion between people (Corbin 1982). Even in these early uses, however, the term ‘atmosphere’ referred not only to the emanations of a particular person but also to the totality of ‘atmospheres’ created by all kinds of bodies interacting in situations and places.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;These ideas entered social science debates about a century ago but were not yet named ‘atmosphere’. To clarify the relationship between experiencing and knowing, Georg Simmel (1917, 130), for example, stipulates that we know that something is alive because a living being is surrounded by an &lt;em&gt;ultramateriellen Wirksamkeitsumkreis&lt;/em&gt; (literally ‘ultramaterial sphere of influence’) that touches us immediately. Accordingly, we grasp our environment in its entirety before we can reduce it to specific sensory impressions, such as seeing the entity’s movements, smelling its vitality, and cognitively categorising other sensory impressions as belonging to a living organism. Simmel goes on to show that in situations where multiple beings are present, they form an atmosphere that can become characteristic of a particular place, like a city or even a country, foregrounding the spatial and situational meaning of the term.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In a related manner, Émile Durkheim’s notion of a ‘collective effervescence’ captures the affective in-between a situation describes. In his theory of shared affectivities in ritual, Durkheim argues that rituals contribute significantly to the solidarity that helps maintain social order in a group (1995). While rituals are salient, he says, they are threatened by individualistic interests. Therefore, rituals must produce a shared collective feeling, which he referred to as the ‘effervescence’, something which goes beyond the sharing of meanings and categories. It gives the ritual its power and ultimately enables it to maintain social representations and thus the social order of a group (von Scheve 2012).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The study of atmospheres as a force which emanates from bodies can also be linked to the early anthropological study of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20gifts&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;gift&lt;/a&gt; giving, as part of which Marcel Mauss (1925) argues that gifts may have their own power that makes them circulate. Drawing on &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; writing on property understandings among late nineteenth and early twentieth century Māori of Polynesia, Mauss discusses the Polynesian concept of the &lt;em&gt;Hau &lt;/em&gt;(lit. wind, soul, power) as an object-centred force said to accompany gifts and drive people to reciprocate them. The &lt;em&gt;Hau &lt;/em&gt;aligns with the term atmosphere as a force that emanates from a person and extends to objects. Moreover, the &lt;em&gt;Hau&lt;/em&gt; is similar to atmospheres in that it has a spatial component, being linked to the gift-giver as much to the soil and the territory where it originates (Mauss [1925] 2016, 70–1). In his methodological reflections, Mauss also refers to the situational meaning of the term atmosphere. To describe the ‘tonalité morale’ (‘moral tone’) that prevails among a group of people he uses the French term ‘atmosphere’ (Mauss [1926] 2002, 282).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the middle of the twentieth century, concrete situations became more central to social research. Ethnographers tended to study specific ‘encounters’ in which people interact ‘face-to-face’ (Goffman 1961). Thus, several researchers focused on the ways people produce their cultural (and emotional) worlds through everyday interactions (Garfinkel 1967). In face-to-face encounters, people communicate in a variety of ways and in constellations that involve human and non-human participants (Murphy 2023).  For example, people may empathise with other species that are part of their world, as Michael Schnegg and Thiemo Breyer (2024) demonstrate with Damara pastoralists in Namibia. Here, embodied empathy creates a multi-species world that incorporates the perspectives of elephants, tricksters, and livestock. This world is distinct from any world in which these perspectives are absent.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Influenced by this focus on micro-situations and their affectivity, anthropologist Clifford Geertz distinguishes ‘ethos’ from ‘moods’. He understood an ethos to be the general aesthetic or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;moral&lt;/a&gt; style of a culture (1973, 89). A people’s ethos may feel universal and objective to them, but it stems at least in part from the specific ways in which people adapt to their lives’ circumstances. Moods, on the other hand, were more temporally- and spatially-bounded phenomena: ‘Like fogs, “moods” just settle and lift; like scents, suffuse and evaporate. When present moods are totalistic: if one is sad everything and everybody seems dreary; if one is gay everything and everybody seems splendid’ (Geertz 1973, 97). Moods also distinguish themselves from an ethos, in that they are made meaningful with reference to their sources, rather than being explicable through the ends they may serve (Geertz 1973, 97).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Two important dimensions of atmospheres are already apparent in these early sets of atmosphere-adjacent concepts. First, atmospheres can describe what is ‘in the air’ at very different scales. On a smaller scale, atmospheres are relevant to concrete situations: face-to-face encounters in which all kinds of bodies, human and non-human, material and immaterial, create an atmosphere. On a larger scale, atmospheres can also characterise situations: a city, a country, a community, a generation, and so on can come with specific atmospheres. Secondly, an atmosphere is usually experienced as a totality, as a sense of a whole in which people cannot immediately identify all the individual elements that make it up.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Affect studies and phenomenology&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is only recently that anthropologists have begun to explicitly theorise atmospheres. Two major theoretical developments may be responsible for this: &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Affect&lt;/a&gt; studies—an interdisciplinary field in the social sciences and humanities which explores the fundamentally relational character of feeling and emotion—has broadened scholarly attention to include more subtle, elusive and intangible affective dynamics, such as atmosphere. Secondly, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21phenomenology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;phenomenology&lt;/a&gt;—an approach which pays close attention to people’s experience of concrete situations—has developed a particular focus on atmospheres (Schnegg 2023).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The ‘turn to affect’ in the social sciences and humanities since the late 1990s (Clough and Halley 2007) has been part of a broader movement to rethink feeling, emotion, and subjective experience in terms of the material constellations of bodies in space, rather than as internal feelings. This approach has also gained prominence in anthropology. From an affect perspective, atmospheres are primarily ‘out there’, generated in relational arrangements of bodies, even if they are subjectively felt by individuals.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An important precursor for this understanding of atmosphere is the social science scholarship of emotions beginning in the late 1970s, strongly influenced by feminist and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19queer&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;queer&lt;/a&gt; studies. These scholars explicitly challenged the assumptions of mainstream psychology, which conceptualised emotions primarily as the internal states of individuals. Instead, they argued that emotions are the result of processes of social construction in culturally specific situations and performances—through everyday interactions and encounters (Hochschild 1983; Abu-Lughod and Lutz 1990). From the 1990s, scholars began to move away from the idea that emotions should be understood merely as cognitive concepts that people construct in everyday interaction and began to explore that material bodies also play an important role in the experience of feeling (Leavitt 1996). From then on, queer-feminist scholars in anthropology and beyond began to use the term ‘affect’, which seemed to denote a stronger connection to bodies, while still arguing that affect is primarily shaped by society, culture, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt;, rather than biology (Stoler 2002; Sedgwick 2003; Ahmed 2004).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Since the late 1990s, scholars began to introduce a much wider understanding of the body as a basis for the study of affect (Massumi 2002, Thrift 2007), including human and non-human, material and immaterial entities: ‘a body can be anything; it can be an animal, a body of sounds, a mind or an idea; it can be a linguistic corpus, a social body, a collectivity’ (Deleuze 1988, 127). Affect, then, emerges from such a relational constellation of all kinds of bodies that form an ‘affective arrangement’ (Slaby, Mühlhoff and Wünschner 2017). These arrangements in which affect comes to the fore shape how people experience a situation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Early phenomenologists such as Edmund Husserl and Martin Heidegger developed the term &lt;em&gt;Stimmung&lt;/em&gt; (often translated as ‘mood’) to capture how we shape situations affectively and how they in turn shape us. Following their conceptual lead, the term ‘atmosphere’ was further developed with the aim of rethinking human emotionality (Tellenbach 1981, Schmitz 2019; Schmitz, Müllan and Slaby 2011; Schnegg 2023). Hermann Schmitz (1974), a central figure in recent phenomenological debates, argues that emotions (and feelings) have long been misconceived as something located in the individual psyche. Instead, they are not private but rather ‘out there’. In Schmitz’s reading, emotions &lt;em&gt;are&lt;/em&gt; atmospheres, also ontologically, and largely beyond the individual’s control—something that overcomes or befalls us. The feeling body (&lt;em&gt;Leib&lt;/em&gt;) is the medium through which we resonate with them and feel them subjectively (Eisenlohr 2024, Schnegg 2024).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In recent years, Schmitz&#039;s radical &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ontology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ontological&lt;/a&gt; approach has been further developed (and, some might say, watered down). While he theorises that atmospheres are epistemic wholes that include the subject and cannot be reduced to their parts, Gernot Böhme introduces a ‘constellationalist perspective’ (Riedel 2018, 173), claiming that atmospheres are constituted by the elements present in a situation even as they transcend these elements. As such, atmospheres can be curated and transformed by changing the elements that constitute them, including the built environment, the arrangement of objects, their material makeup, symbolic nature, light, smells, etc. Churches and public spaces in cities are prime examples that demonstrate what constitutes atmospheres and to what extent atmospheres can be constructed, manipulated, and experienced.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Both of these traditions of affect studies and phenomenology use slightly different terminologies, and scholars have debated the distinctions between the concepts of feeling, emotion, and affect. When it comes to the study of atmosphere, it is possible to understand ‘feeling’ as denoting the realm of subjective experience, like a single person or a collective feeling something in their bodies. ‘Emotion’, then, refers to culturally formed and semantically expressible subjective experiences, for which people also normally have words to describe and qualitatively differentiate them – for example love, hate, shame, or joy. The term ‘affect’ is broader and also cross-cuts these categories. In the terminology of affect studies, feeling and emotion can be described as affective phenomena. The concept of affect, however, proposes a strictly relational perspective, understanding feelings and emotions as emerging in-between bodies within a constellation rather than as properties of individual subjects. Over the past three decades, these theoretical resources from affect theory and phenomenology have increasingly been used not only in anthropology, but also in sociology, geography, and other disciplines to theorise atmospheres (Anderson 2009; Gugutzer 2020a; Trigg 2022; Stewart 2011).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Thereby, the notion of atmosphere we discuss here is only one of the several concepts used to describe shared affectivities (Thonhauser 2021). Related terms include ‘affective spaces’ (Navaro-Yashin 2009), ‘Stimmung’ (Borneman and Ghassem-Fachandi 2017), ‘attunement’ (Stewart 2011; Throop 2020; Zigon 2014), and ‘moods’ (Throop 2018; 2014; 2020). Given the range of definitions for all these terms, it is impossible to separate them neatly. It will be one of the major challenges for the larger field to work this out more clearly. However, some tendencies can be discerned. Whereas &lt;em&gt;Stimmung&lt;/em&gt; and mood tend to focus more on internal states that frame our experience of the world while simultaneously acknowledging that we are framed by them, atmospheres are thought to be primarily out there, happening to us and thus leading to the feelings we have. In this sense, one comes to a classroom with a particular mood, which has its atmosphere, and while one changes the atmosphere by being present, it also changes one’s mood. When leaving the classroom, however, one takes the mood along while leaving the atmosphere behind. Furthermore, whereas &lt;em&gt;Stimmung&lt;/em&gt; and affective spaces describe shared affectivities with some temporal duration, atmospheres also refer to a shorter temporal scale. Finally, compared to affective spaces and atmospheres, &lt;em&gt;Stimmung&lt;/em&gt; and moods place less emphasis on the non-human bodies, materialities, and networks of affective &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; that constitute them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the following, we narrow the focus to anthropological discussions of atmospheres. Building on previous work (Schroer and Schmitt 2018a), we describe what atmospheres are, what they do, and how they can be analysed &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographically&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What atmospheres are&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Atmospheres are the overall feeling of a situation that people experience individually and collectively. They are created by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;affective&lt;/a&gt; relationships between the human and non-human, material and immaterial bodies that comprise a situation, yet an atmosphere is at the same time more than the sum of its parts. People often experience atmospheres as something that cannot be put into words easily; nevertheless, they enable or disable certain behaviours in situational and sometimes unpredictable ways. Didier Eribon’s autobiography &lt;em&gt;Returning to Reims&lt;/em&gt; offers a vivid case. On his return and to explain what it meant for him to leave &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;home&lt;/a&gt;, Eribon invokes his family’s conflictual constellation: ‘the atmosphere was a harsh one, painful on a daily basis, even unbearable. This constant climate of conjugal warfare must have counted for a lot in producing my will to flee both my family and my circumstances’ (2013, 83). Eribon thus underscores, first, that situations are suffused with atmospheres that shape how people feel; and second, that atmosphere is an affective layer that enables some actions while constraining others. In this view, atmosphere—alongside individual aspiration and structural constraint—becomes a further analytic for understanding the behaviour of persons and groups.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The anthropology of atmospheres has also suggested that atmospheres may be neither subjective nor objective. While an atmosphere may already be there when we enter a room, or any other social space, our presence changes it. At the same time, the atmosphere changes us, and as subjects, we are partly constituted by it. It is therefore difficult to describe atmosphere as either a purely objective or a subjective phenomenon. Rather, several scholars have insisted that atmospheres transcend this distinction. An example can illustrate this: During a recent fieldwork stay in Namibia, I (Michael Schnegg) went to a neighbour’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;house&lt;/a&gt; to ask for a tool. The absence of people outside already signalled that something was amiss. Inside, the room was quiet; no one spoke. I was immediately solicited by an atmosphere of grief. On asking gently, I learned that a close relative had died in an accident only hours before. The situation’s affective intensity rendered me out of place; with limited language, I offered condolences. My presence, I sensed, altered the shared atmosphere, even as that atmosphere altered me—producing a felt mixture of sorrow, disconnection, and misfit.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Such atmospheres are synaesthetic, meaning they may stimulate various senses or cognitive pathways at the same time. It may be this multisensory experience of an atmosphere that makes us feel it as a whole before we can distinguish particular sensory impressions of sound, smell, and touch (Eisenlohr 2024, 40; Schmitz 2016, 18). For example, visitors to an &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22art&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;art&lt;/a&gt; installation in Denmark complained about its strong smell although no chemical or material sources could be found in the environment. But as the overall tonality of the installation—its walls, its colours, its light—was reminiscent of a hospital floor, the arrangement was experienced synaesthetically as an atmosphere with odour (Stenslund 2018). Such findings suggest the existence of an embodied capacity to store atmospheres and their memory, which are then triggered when a similar arrangement is experienced again.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Atmospheres have also been shown to contain suggestions of movement. Being immersed in an atmosphere can literally move us in ways over which we have little control. This is most obvious with atmospheres that are largely created by sound, which we often experience as shaking and moving the body in particular ways. The musical recitation of devotional poetry (&lt;em&gt;na&#039;t khwan&lt;/em&gt;) among Mauritian &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18islam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Muslims&lt;/a&gt; is a good example for this. Consisting of hymns and poems that are usually recited in Urdu, this form of poetry stirs feelings of religious affection and creates a desire for prayer among devout Muslims. It does this both through its meaning, but also very much through the mode and style of its vocal rendering and through the sonic nature of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;voice&lt;/a&gt; involved in it. The latter creates an atmosphere that envelops and suffuses the body and changes its sense of being in space. It ‘grips you powerfully’, ‘makes you vibrate’, and ‘directly enters your soul’, as people put it (Eisenlohr 2018, 2024, 8). The sound and resulting movements become all the more meaningful insofar as they are part of ritual practices that incorporate the discursive and iconographic dimensions of a religious tradition (Eisenlohr 2022, 2018).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A final major aspect of atmospheres that the anthropological literature has insisted on is that they can be shaped or curated. For instance, by arranging the lighting in a way that fosters a sense of community, solitude, and ‘security’, a feeling called &lt;em&gt;hygge&lt;/em&gt; (&#039;feeling home&#039;) can be induced in Denmark (Bille 2020; 2015; Bille, Bjerregaard and Sørensen 2015). In a similar manner, urban spaces can be designed to make people feel particular ways, when, for example, the high ceilings in Christian churches are intended to make people feel small in the presence of God (for more examples, see Stenslund 2023). This possibility to craft and design atmospheres has also been demonstrated for experimental theatres (Gatt 2018), pharmacies (Liu 2023), churches (Gregersen 2021), commercial settings (Kolehmainen and Mäkinen 2021), courtrooms (Bens 2018), or even aquariums where enthusiasts create an atmosphere with &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19water&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;water&lt;/a&gt;, air, and light (Schmitt 2018, 96).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What atmospheres do&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We are only beginning to understand that in addition to individual motives and structural possibilities and constraints, atmospheres are a third layer that shape both meanings and behaviours. As such, atmospheres can create, for example, belonging. To this end, anthropological research has shown that people actively create the atmosphere in the Night Church, held in a cathedral in Copenhagen, through the arrangements of both human and non-human bodies, making it a special place for worship and belonging. To theorise this, Andreas Melson Gregersen (2021) introduces the term ‘atmosphering’ and demonstrates how this act involves creating a sense of being in a church without being in a traditional one, and how people perceive this atmosphere.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Similarly, to ‘feel at home’ in Japan means to create an atmosphere where practices that create intimacy (often referred to as ‘social heat’) such as sleeping, eating, and bathing are balanced with household members’ desire for autonomy and distance (Daniels 2015). In related ways, white, urban, upper-middle-class American women use ‘ethnic’ objects such as Malian bògòlan candles and cloth to create domestic spaces, which in their words, are full of ‘atmosphere’ and ‘life’ (Bodil Birkebæk Olesen 2010). They feel that exoticised objects can help them overcome the ‘coldness’ of other materials and bring life, and ultimately social relationships, into their &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;homes&lt;/a&gt;. In certain British pubs the atmosphere immerses people in the essence of the place not only to make them feel at home, but primarily to encourage consumption (Shaw 2018).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While this sounds mostly positive and inclusive, atmospheres may just as well limit or exclude people in various ways&lt;em&gt;. &lt;/em&gt;In &lt;em&gt;Black skin, white masks&lt;/em&gt; (2008), Frantz Fanon analyses what it feels like to be Black in mid-century French society. In a much-quoted scene, he describes sitting at a table and contemplating reaching for matches. He feels inhibited and describes how the gazes of others (whether they are in the room or not) create an ‘atmosphere of certain uncertainty’ (Fanon 2008, 83) that hinders him. This atmosphere is not just something that imposes itself on him in the moment. Rather, it has become a ‘definitive structuring of the self and the world’, part of a dialectical relationality. Because of the oppressive and dangerous atmosphere in which Fanon lived, it is impossible for him to move freely and without fear. His analysis has inspired a vast literature on how the gaze of dominant groups of people can create atmospheres that inhibit or exclude others (Magrì and McQueen 2023).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sara Ahmed (2007) is one of the most prominent contributors to this literature. In her analysis of whiteness, she shows how certain atmospheres can be created in such a way as to exclude non-white bodies. To explain how these atmospheres are formed, she extends Fanon’s account of living under a hostile, white gaze. Ahmed describes the limited scope of action of people of colour in a white world through the notion of ‘orientation’, understood as the different directions people can take in any given moment, which determine what is and is not within their reach (2007). Reflecting on the political dimension of atmosphere more generally, Janis Jenkins (2025) recently added that within any political ethos, the constitution of political subjectivity takes place at the nexus of and orientation and the atmosphere in which we orient.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The stifling effects of atmospheres that Fanon developed with respect to &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnic&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racialised&lt;/a&gt; limitation and exclusion have been extended to other social categories such as gender, age, and class. Take, for example, outreach events by the International Criminal Court (ICC) in northern Uganda in the late 2010s. Here, ICC staff aimed at curating a ‘transitional justice atmosphere’ which included foreign media audiences but excluded in-person audiences in the village through linguistic and spatial regimes. The constellation of material arrangements contributed significantly to this exclusion: monitors displayed proceedings from The Hague in English, accessible to media representatives but incomprehensible to most local attendees who lacked adequate translation. The small screens and language barrier generated an atmosphere of boredom and restlessness among the physically present audience, yet this remained invisible to distant viewers. Television cameras and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22photography&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;photographers&lt;/a&gt; transmitted a carefully curated &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21visual&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;visual&lt;/a&gt; atmosphere that suggested engaged participation, while the actual bodily experience of confusion and exclusion felt by local attendees was systematically filtered out of the mediated representation (Bens 2022, 46–71).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Recent scholarship on the political dimension of atmospheres also explores whether some emotions and feelings might not only be shaped by atmosphere but, in Schmitz’s sense, &lt;em&gt;be&lt;/em&gt; atmospheres. In this line of theorising, Schnegg (2024) describes boredom in rural Namibia as an atmosphere that grows in a space created by a longing for a different future. At the same time, people experience the path to this future as being blocked—by the environment, by political and economic marginalisation, by their own bodies, and by others. This atmosphere grips people who describe boredom as ‘riding on their backs’. It can only be lifted if the determining structures change. Here, emotions as atmospheres are intertwined with the political processes responsible for materiality and its lack. In a similar manner, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historical&lt;/a&gt;, material, and political processes, as well as the routines of the school day, contribute to an atmosphere of boredom in a Berlin &lt;em&gt;Hauptschule &lt;/em&gt;(Wellgraf 2018). The particular school is attended by the less privileged children in a part of the city characterised by increasing ruin and decay. The feeling of boredom grows in this environment of high unemployment where students experience education as having no future.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Political atmospheres of violence have equally been observed in the afterlife of environmental disasters and armed conflict in Kashmir, for example. These atmospheres have developed in the militarised, ecologically fragile borderlands of Pakistan and India, shaping the lives of people in the two mountain valleys described &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographically&lt;/a&gt; by Omer Aijazi (2024). At the same time, Aijazi convincingly demonstrates how people overcome these violent atmospheres through everyday micro-practices such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21sharing&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sharing&lt;/a&gt; and fostering friendships with Allah. This situation compares very well to the ways in which narco-stories within the Mexican and U.S. governments&#039; militarised war on drugs in a Mexican prostitution zone contribute to a violent atmosphere. Here, rumours about how violent narco-criminals are contributed to an affective atmosphere of terror and vulnerability. This atmosphere in turn rendered the public more passive and ultimately led sex workers and other local residents to stop &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;working&lt;/a&gt; in the area and move away (Luna 2018).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While the study of atmospheres foregrounds the importance of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;affect&lt;/a&gt;, feelings, and emotions, it also matters for rational deliberation. At the ICC judging on Uganda’s past conflicts, actors such as prosecutors, defence lawyers, victims, witnesses, and judges compete to influence the atmosphere in these ‘legal spaces’ (Bens 2022, Philoppopoulos Mihalopoulos 2015). They shape the atmosphere to establish specific historical truths about Uganda’s violent past, ‘moral truths’ about who is responsible for this violence, the plausibility of both, the guilt or innocence of individuals, and the justice and legitimacy of whole legal systems, such as international criminal law. To influence these atmospheres, actors try to rearrange bodies in an ‘affective arrangement’ (Slaby et al. 2017), for example by bringing human and non-human witnesses into the courtroom (Bens 2022, 92–110). These atmospheres inside and outside the courtroom serve as ‘affective frames’ for assessing the plausibility of narratives about the past, present, and future (Bens 2022, 71–91).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beyond rationality, atmospheres help us create meaning. A comparative analysis of museum exhibitions has revealed how atmospheres make things appear to the visitor, as in the case of the exhibition &lt;em&gt;Villa Sovietica&lt;/em&gt; which ran from 2009-2010 at the Ethnographic Museum of Geneva and focused on Soviet objects of everyday life. These objects can never simply be seen. Instead, they require movement of the perceiving body to reach them. This arrangement dissolves the Soviet nature of these objects and opens up other perspectives on them, focusing for example on their materiality, which is similar to that of other objects in the room (Bjerregaard 2015). Similary, it has been argued that the special atmosphere of live recordings of ritual mourning taking place in a Pakistan neighbourhood emanate the &lt;em&gt;mahaul&lt;/em&gt;, a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;moral&lt;/a&gt; atmosphere of the ritual. When the consumers of Shia &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18islam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Islamic&lt;/a&gt; media listen to these live recordings, they contribute to the atmosphere of the public spaces in which they are played (Cooper 2022; 2024). &lt;em&gt;Mahaul&lt;/em&gt;, here, is the Urdu articulation of atmosphere, a category of knowledge and experience, with interesting ethnographic stakes. Importantly, &lt;em&gt;Mahaul&lt;/em&gt; is not only the affective background that gives meaning to things, but also a ‘container’ that holds and frames a situation, as well as the human and non-human entities within it (Cooper 2024).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Studying this interplay of atmosphere, rationality, and meaning-making shows that atmospheres are powerful social forces that shape collective and individual behaviour (Bille and Schwabe 2023). This is evident in the atmosphere created during the temple festival in a Badaga community in southern India (Heidemann 2021). The rituals manifest and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reproduce&lt;/a&gt; the social order and the positions of groups within it—not unlike in Durkheim’s effervescence, mentioned above. They are also experienced as a tremendous relief by devotees and visitors. In a similar manner, unmarked religiosity has been shown to exist in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25secularism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;secular&lt;/a&gt; Ukrainian society before the war. Theorising this form of religiosity as an atmosphere allows us to show how, in moments of crisis, the religious atmosphere becomes an important resource for political projects, such as the popular uprising of 2013–14 (Wanner 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19sport&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sporting&lt;/a&gt; events are prime example of how atmospheres connect, but studies can also show the ambiguous dynamics of such connections. The ‘atmosphere’ of the 2012 London Olympics, for example, embraced and fostered a nationalism that made it difficult, and at times impossible, to express a critical perspective, for example by pointing out that the Olympics were the most expensive security operation in recent British history (Stephens 2016, 183). The impact of atmospheres was particularly evident when, during the Covid-19 &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22pandemics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;pandemic&lt;/a&gt;, fans were not allowed into football stadiums and the 22 players played in front of up to 80,000 empty seats. This atmosphere clearly affected the players’ vitality. While many lacked motivation, some reported feeling more secure and relaxed (Gugutzer 2020b, Edensor 2015). These findings point to an open challenge in atmospheric studies: explaining how an atmosphere can affect different people in different ways.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While many studies of atmospheres focus on the relationships between humans and their built environments, non-human beings can become part of the atmosphere as well. Pigdogging—an Australian form of recreational hunting—relies on close collaboration between people and dogs to locate and catch wild pigs. Hunting with dogs extends human perception into the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18animals&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;animals&lt;/a&gt;’ extraordinary olfactory range. In this partnership, scent appears not as a mere trace but as atmosphere: an enveloping field that signals where pigs have moved, rested, or turned. The hunt also transforms the landscape’s atmosphere: Human, canine, machine, and terrain become frictionally enmeshed in an embodied, unfolding practice that makes—and remakes—the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16landscape&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;landscape&lt;/a&gt; through a multisensory chase (Keil 2021, Schroer and Schmitt 2018b).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In a related manner, recent scholarship mobilises the idea that atmospheres are an underlying dimension of our connection to all entities we find in this world. Currently, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21climatechange&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;climate&lt;/a&gt; and environmental changes are drastically altering these entities. As a result, the soil dries out, and the grasses and eventually the livestock die, which changes the overall environmental atmosphere (Schnegg 2025). To describe this atmosphere, Damara pastoralists in Namibia use the term &lt;em&gt;ǃŪke-ai&lt;/em&gt;, which translates as ‘collective loneliness’. Similarly, in the Pontine Marshes in Italy, an atmosphere emerges from everyday agricultural practices, like burning reeds, and becomes part of the environment itself (Gruppuso 2018). The marshes are both extremely productive and a breeding ground for mosquitoes and malaria, the Italian contraction for &lt;em&gt;mal’aria&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;aria cattiva&lt;/em&gt;, or ‘bad air’). As such, the atmosphere connects to the environment (here also meteorologically), with breathing playing an important role in the process. Exploring the atmospheric links we create to other species and to post-humanist mixtures of life and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25technology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;technology&lt;/a&gt; remains a major research gap for the years to come.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How atmospheres can be analysed and studied&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Given that atmospheres, by their very nature, defy precise description, they pose significant challenges for anthropological analysis. One of the first systematic attempts to address the methodological challenges that atmospheres raise came with the productive distinction between ‘knowing in atmospheres’, ‘knowing about atmospheres’, and ‘knowing through atmospheres’ (Sumartojo and Pink 2019). Thereby, ‘knowing in atmospheres’ names the researcher’s in-situ attunement as an atmosphere unfolds: staying with its contingencies, rhythms, and micro-shifts through go-alongs, recordings, and sensory notes. ‘Knowing about atmospheres’ is a reconstructive, after-the-fact account that draws on interviews, elicitation, and traces to parse how spaces, media, bodies, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;histories&lt;/a&gt; configured what was felt. Finally, ‘knowing through atmospheres’ treats concrete episodes as engines for concept-building, connecting atmospheric experience to broader social and material formations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Understanding people’s feelings as lying ‘in the air’ makes them more accessible (and less deterministic) than placing them in the inner psyche and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21mind&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;minds&lt;/a&gt; of our interlocutors. However, it poses another salient challenge: how can we explain that individuals can sometimes experience the ‘same’ atmospheres quite differently? Some describe feeling in one way, while others feel differently. Some seem to be completely immersed in an atmosphere, while others merely notice it. Fully understanding and theorising this is still an outstanding theoretical challenge (Seyfert 2012, 29). Recently, the notion of ‘resonance’ has been proposed to explain such individual variation (Schnegg 2025). In this view, people have different ways of resonating with an atmosphere. At least two dimensions may influence how people experience or resonate with a given atmosphere: affective dispositions and symbols.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Affective dispositions can be defined as ‘an individual’s repository of affective traces of past relationships, events, and encounters. These function in the present as potentials to affect and be affected’ (Mühlhoff 2019, 119). Experiencing atmospheres, like other experiences, leaves traces in the subject. Having experienced the exuberance of a festival, the collective excitement of a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19sport&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sports&lt;/a&gt; team’s victory, or the wind before the long-awaited rain become part of an individual’s disposition that can be triggered in certain situations. These dispositions are likely to shape how to (re)experience an atmosphere. However, other, even more personal experiences can become part of one’s affective disposition and influence how the atmosphere is felt. Someone will respond differently to the atmosphere of a funeral if they have recently experienced &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18death&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;death&lt;/a&gt;. Similarly, a herdsman who depends on cattle and rain will resonate differently with an atmosphere that announces rain than a teacher who does not depend on rain at all.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The study of symbols is equally important to understand whether and how atmospheres resonate with us. Atmospheres are, to a certain extent, pre-reflective, but they still require the interpretation of symbols which contribute to them. Consider walking past a group of noisy football fans, which might feel uncomfortable to some but perfectly normal to people who are used to it. At the same time, it may feel different again to those who can read the symbols on their skin and clothing, which in Germany, for example, sometimes refer to extreme right-wing movements. The symbols may thereby co-create an atmosphere, and they take on meaning through it (Bens 2022, 71–90).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;How seriously one takes the role of affective dispositions and symbols in the study of atmospheres depends on the degree to which one believes that experiencing atmospheres is pre-reflective. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; record seems to show that atmospheres can not only be consciously curated, but also that people can ‘learn’ or ‘be socialised’ to resonate with particular atmospheres by becoming familiar with their symbols (Schnegg 2024, 2025).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Methodologically speaking, atmospheres can, first, be successfully studied through participant observation. This enables an ethnographic description of the situations and affective arrangements in which atmospheres emerge. It allows us to grasp in detail how human and non-human bodies relate to each other—what sounds, smells, lights, and other diverse components form the building blocks of a given situation. To explore their saliency, ethnographers can ask themselves which components of an arrangement cannot be omitted without significantly changing the atmosphere: this could be a person, a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16landscape&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;landscape&lt;/a&gt;, a view, a smell, a story, and so on. They can also ask about the specific sequence of events that brought an atmosphere about, as people often only become aware of them when people, landscapes, views, smells, stories, or anything else shifted (Riedel 2019, Bens 2019).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;These observations usually trigger atmospheric experiences that the readers themselves have had: affective dispositions evoke a feeling in which similar atmospheric experiences were embedded. Of course, there are several methodological problems with this, including the presumption that the audience of an ethnography has experienced similar atmospheres in order to imagine and reexperience them. For this reason, atmospheric descriptions should be complemented by interviews with participants in the field as well as by autoethnographic reflection.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A second promising method to study atmospheres are &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21phenomenology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;phenomenological&lt;/a&gt; interviews that explore how our research participants understand and feel in certain situations. Phenomenological interviews ask people to re-experience a particular situation (Schnegg 2023). They begin by eliciting a moment in which an atmosphere, such as eeriness, was felt. In a second step, the interviewees are asked to describe the situation in which something happened as precisely as possible and to mentally reposition themselves in this experience. In the final step, the ethnographer asks the interlocutor to recall the atmosphere and, to some extent, to re-experience it and describe how it felt, without using categories that are too abstract. This elicits an experiential description (Levy and Hollan 1998). In such interviews, ethnographers avoid naming and categorising the atmosphere in advance. Sometimes atmospheres may have names that are not easily translated into English, in which case interviewees can be invited to use non-English terms for them. While phenomenological interviews are typically conducted for moments that the anthropologist has not experienced, they can also be used to describe atmospheres that are known to all participants in the conversation, allowing the data to be triangulated with the descriptions made as described above.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A third method is autoethnography, i.e. describing how an individual themself has experienced a certain situation. Imagine the boredom of waiting with people for a bus, the sadness of a funeral, the excitement of a wedding. Researchers are affected by these atmospheres to varying degrees, and reflecting on these experiences can become a powerful methodological tool, as, for example, Fanon’s work demonstrates. It makes the ethnographer’s own affects and emotions a starting point and an ‘epistemic resource’ for analysis (Stodulka et al. 2018). Ethnographers may also experience liminal moments of change, when constellations in the situation change and atmospheres shift. These affective dissonances in the atmosphere can be an important starting point for ethnographic analysis. All three of these methods—participant observation, phenomenological interviews, and autoethnography—broadly align with approaches generally subsumed within sensory ethnography (Vannini 2024).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Atmospheres are the overall feeling of a situation that people experience individually and collectively. They are created by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;affective&lt;/a&gt; relationships between the human and non-human, material and immaterial bodies that comprise a situation, yet an atmosphere is at the same time more than the sum of its parts. Anthropologists have begun to conceptualise this affective in-between. Most of them agree that atmospheres are situational, that they are formed by the affective forces emanating from bodies present, and that they encompass the sensory impressions left by these bodies, including appearances, smells, views, touches, sounds, lighting, and more. This entry has shown how atmospheres shape how things are perceived, how they become meaningful, how we feel, and what behaviours are appropriate and likely to happen next. As such, atmospheres have significant explanatory power that anthropology should continue to explore.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Abu-Lughod, Lila, and Catherine A. Lutz, eds. 1990. &lt;em&gt;Language and the politics of emotion&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ahmed, Sara. 2004. &lt;em&gt;The cultural politics of emotion&lt;/em&gt;. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2007. “A phenomenology of whiteness.” &lt;em&gt;Feminist Theory&lt;/em&gt; 8, no. 2: 149–68. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/1464700107078139&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/1464700107078139&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Aijazi, Omer. 2024. &lt;em&gt;Atmospheric violence: Disaster and repair in Kashmir.&lt;/em&gt; Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anderson, Ben. 2009. “Affective atmospheres.”  &lt;em&gt;Emotion, Space and Society&lt;/em&gt; 2, no. 2: 77–81. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2009.08.005&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2009.08.005&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bateson, Gregory. 1936. &lt;em&gt;Naven: A survey of the problems suggested by a composite picture of the culture of a New Guinea tribe drawn from three points of view&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Benedict, Ruth F. 1934. &lt;em&gt;Patterns of culture&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Mentor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bens, Jonas. 2018. “The courtroom as an affective arrangement: Analysing atmospheres in courtroom ethnography.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of Legal Pluralism and Unofficial Law&lt;/em&gt; 50, no. 3: 336–55. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1080/07329113.2018.1550313&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1080/07329113.2018.1550313&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2019. “The ethnography of affect in discourse practice: Performing sentiment in the time machine.” In &lt;em&gt;Analyzing affective societies: Methods and methodologies&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Antje Kahl, 199–213. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2022. &lt;em&gt;The sentimental court: The affective life of international criminal justice&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bille, Mikkel. 2015. “Lighting up: Cosy atmospheres in Denmark.” &lt;em&gt;Emotion, Space and Society&lt;/em&gt; 15: 56–63. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2013.12.008&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2013.12.008&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Homely atmospheres and lighting technologies in Denmark: Living with light&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bille, Mikkel, Peter Bjerregaard, and Tim Flohr Sørensen. 2015. “Staging atmospheres: Materiality, culture, and the texture of the in-between.”  &lt;em&gt;Emotion, Space and Society &lt;/em&gt;15: 31–8. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2014.11.002&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2014.11.002&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bille, Mikkel, and Siri Schwabe. 2023. &lt;em&gt;The atmospheric city&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bjerregaard, Peter. 2015. “Dissolving objects: Museums, atmosphere and the creation of presence.” &lt;em&gt;Emotion, Space and Society&lt;/em&gt; 15: 74–81. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2014.05.002&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2014.05.002&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Böhme, Gernot. 1993. “Atmosphere as the fundamental concept of a New Aesthetics.” &lt;em&gt;Thesis Eleven&lt;/em&gt; 36, no. 1: 113–26. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/072551369303600107&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/072551369303600107&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Borneman, John, and Parvis Ghassem-Fachandi. 2017. “The concept of Stimmung: From indifference to xenophobia in Germany’s refugee crisis.” &lt;em&gt;HAU: Journal of Ethnographic Theory&lt;/em&gt; 7: 105–35.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Clough, Patricia Ticineto, and Jean Halley. 2007. &lt;em&gt;The affective turn: Theorizing the social&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Corbin, Alain. 1982. &lt;em&gt;The foul and the fragrant: Odor and the French social imagination&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Berg.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Coole, Diana, and Samantha Frost, eds. 2010. &lt;em&gt;New materialisms: Ontology, agency, and politics&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cooper, Timothy P.A. 2022. “‘Live has an atmosphere of its own’: &lt;em&gt;Azadari&lt;/em&gt;, ethical orientation, and tuned presence in Shi‘i media praxis.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; 28: 651–75. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9655.13712&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9655.13712&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2024. &lt;em&gt;Moral atmospheres: Islam and media in a Pakistani marketplace&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Daniels, Inge. 2015. “Feeling at home in contemporary Japan. Space, atmosphere and intimacy.” &lt;em&gt;Emotion, Space and Society&lt;/em&gt; 15: 47–55. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2014.11.003&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2014.11.003&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Durkheim, Emile. 1995. &lt;em&gt;The elementary forms of religious life&lt;/em&gt;. New York: The Free Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Edensor, Tim. 2015. “Producing atmospheres at the match: Fan cultures, commercialisation and mood management in English football.” &lt;em&gt;Emotion, Space and Society&lt;/em&gt; 15: 82–9. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2013.12.010&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2013.12.010&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Eisenlohr, Patrick. 2018. “Suggestions of movement: Voice and sonic atmospheres in Mauritian Muslim devotional practices.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 33, no. 1: 32–57. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.14506/ca33.1.02&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.14506/ca33.1.02&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2022. “Atmospheric resonance: Sonic motion and the question of religious mediation.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; 28, no. 2: 613–31. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9655.13662&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9655.13662&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2024. “Atmospheres: The multisensoriality of spatially extended emotions.” &lt;em&gt;Ethos&lt;/em&gt; 52, no. 1: 37–50. &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12417&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12417&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fanon, Frantz. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Black skin, white masks&lt;/em&gt;. London: Pluto Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gatt, Caroline. 2018. “Living atmospheres: Air, breath, song and mutual constitution in experimental theatre.” In &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 135–52. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Garfinkel, Harold. 1967. &lt;em&gt;Studies in ethnomethodology&lt;/em&gt;. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Geertz, Clifford. 1973. &lt;em&gt;The interpretation of cultures&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Basic Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Goffman, Irving. 1961. &lt;em&gt;Encounters: Two studies in the sociology of interaction&lt;/em&gt;. London: Penguin.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gregersen, Andreas Melson. 2021. “Exploring the atmosphere inside a liturgical laboratory.” &lt;em&gt;Material Religion &lt;/em&gt;17, no. 5: 627–50. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1080/17432200.2021.1945990&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1080/17432200.2021.1945990&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Griffero, Tonino. 2019. “Pathicity: Experiencing the world in an atmospheric way.” &lt;em&gt;Open Philosophy&lt;/em&gt; 2, no. 1: 414–27. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1515/opphil-2019-0031&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1515/opphil-2019-0031&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gruppuso, Paolo. 2018. “Vapours in the sphere: Malaria, atmosphere and landscape in wet lands of Agro Pontino, Italy.” In &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 45–60. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gugutzer, Robert. 2020a. “Beyond Husserl and Schütz: Hermann Schmitz and neophenomenological sociology.” &lt;em&gt;Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour&lt;/em&gt; 50, no. 2: 184–202. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/jtsb.12240&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/jtsb.12240&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2020b. “Geisterspiele im Fußball. Zur Macht von Atmosphären im Sport.” &lt;em&gt;Sport und Gesellschaft&lt;/em&gt; 17, no. 3: 319–26. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1515/sug-2020-0020&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1515/sug-2020-0020&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Heidemann, Frank. 2021. “Between devotee and God: The study of atmosphere in a South Indian temple festival.” &lt;em&gt;Asian Ethnology&lt;/em&gt; 80, no. 2: 343–65.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hochschild, Arlie Russell. 1983. &lt;em&gt;The managed heart: Commercialization of human feeling&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jenkins, Janis H. 2025. “Orientation and atmosphere: Toward an anthropology of political subjectivity.” &lt;em&gt;Ethos&lt;/em&gt; 53:e70023.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Keil, Paul G. 2021. “Rank atmospheres. The more-than-human scentspace and aesthetic of a pigdogging hunt.” &lt;em&gt;The Australian Journal of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 32: 96–113.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kolehmainen, Marjo, and Katariina Mäkinen. 2021. “Affective labour of creating atmospheres.” &lt;em&gt;European Journal of Cultural Studies&lt;/em&gt; 24: 448–63.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Leavitt, John. 1996. “Meaning and feeling in the anthropology of emotions.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 23, no. 3: 514–39.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Levy, Robert I., and Douglas W. Hollan. 1998. “Person-centered interviewing and observation.” In &lt;em&gt;Handbook of methods in cultural anthropology&lt;/em&gt;, edited by H. Russell Bernard and Clarence C. Gravlee, 313–42. London: Rowman &amp;amp; Littlefield.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Liu, Rui. 2023. “Care in the air? Atmospheres of care in Swedish pharmacies.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of Material Culture&lt;/em&gt; 28, no. 3: 409–25. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/13591835221133289&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/13591835221133289&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Luna, Sarah. 2018. “Affective atmospheres of terror on the Mexico-U.S. border: Rumors of violence in Reynosa’s prostitution zone.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 33, no. 1: 58–84. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.14506/ca33.1.03&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.14506/ca33.1.03&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Magrì, Elisa, and Paddy McQueen. 2023. &lt;em&gt;Critical phenomenology: An introduction&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Polity.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mauss, Marcel. (1925) 2016. &lt;em&gt;The gift: Forms and functions of exchange in archaic societies&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: Hau Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. (1926) 2002. &lt;em&gt;Manuel d&#039;ethnographie&lt;/em&gt;. Paris: Payot &amp;amp; Rivages.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Massumi, Brian. 2002. &lt;em&gt;Parables for the virtual: Movement, affect, sensation&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mühlhoff, Rainer. 2019. “Affective disposition”. In &lt;em&gt;Affective societies: Key concepts&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Jan Slaby and Christian von Scheve, 119–30. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Murphy, Keith M. 2023. “Multimodality”. In &lt;em&gt;A new companion to linguistic anthropology&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Alessandro Duranti, Rachel George, and Robin Conley Riner, 443–60. Malden: Wiley Blackwell.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Navaro-Yashin, Yael. 2009. “Affective spaces, melancholic objects. Ruination and the production of anthropological knowledge.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; 15, no. 1: 1–18. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9655.2008.01527.x&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9655.2008.01527.x&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Olesen, Bodil Birkebæk. 2010. “Ethnic objects in domestic interiors: Space, atmosphere and the making of home.” &lt;em&gt;Home Cultures&lt;/em&gt; 7, no. 1: 25–41. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.2752/175174210X12572427063760&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.2752/175174210X12572427063760&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Philippopoulos-Mihalopoulos, Andreas. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Spatial justice: Body, lawscape, atmosphere&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Radley, Alan. 1995. “The elusory body and social constructionist theory.” &lt;em&gt;Body &amp;amp; Society&lt;/em&gt; 1, no. 2: 3–32.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Riedel, Friedlind. 2018. “On the dynamic and duration of atmosphere: Sounding out new phenomenology through music at China’s margins.” In &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 172–88. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2019. “Atmosphere.” In &lt;em&gt;Affective societies: Key concepts&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Jan Slaby and Christian von Scheve, 85–95. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sedgwick, Eve Kosofsky. 2003. &lt;em&gt;Touching feeling: Affect, pedagogy, performativity&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Slaby, Jan, and Birgitt Röttger-Rössler. 2018. “Introduction: Affect in relation”. In &lt;em&gt;Affect in relation: Families, places, technologies&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Birgitt Röttger-Rössler and Jan Slaby, 1–28. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;von Scheve, Christian. 2012. “Collective emotions in rituals: Elicitation, transmission and a ‘Matthew-effect’.” In &lt;em&gt;Emotions in rituals&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Axel Michaels and Christoph Wulf, 55–77. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schmitt, Susanne B. 2018. “Making charismatic ecologies: Aquarium atmospheres.” In &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 89–101. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schmitz, Hermann. 1974. “Das leibliche Befinden und die Gefühle.” &lt;em&gt;Zeitschrift für philosophische Forschung&lt;/em&gt; 28: 325–38.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2014. &lt;em&gt;Atmosphären&lt;/em&gt;. Freiburg: Herder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2019. &lt;em&gt;New phenomenology: A brief introduction&lt;/em&gt;. Sesto San Giovanni: Mimesis International.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schmitz, Hermann, Rudolf Owen Müllan, and Jan Slaby. 2011. “Emotions outside the box: The new phenomenology of feeling and corporeality.” &lt;em&gt;Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences&lt;/em&gt; 10, no. 2: 241–59. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1007/s11097-011-9195-1&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1007/s11097-011-9195-1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schnegg, Michael and Thiemo Breyer. 2022. “Empathy beyond the human: The social construction of a multispecies world.” &lt;em&gt;Ethnos&lt;/em&gt; 89: 848–69. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1080/00141844.2022.2153153&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1080/00141844.2022.2153153&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schnegg, Michael. 2023. “Phenomenological anthropology: Philosophical concepts for ethnographic use.” &lt;em&gt;Zeitschrift für Ethnologie&lt;/em&gt; 148, no. 1: 59–102. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.60827/zfe/jsca.v148i1.1265&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.60827/zfe/jsca.v148i1.1265&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2024. “Rural boredom: Atmospheres of blocked promises.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; 30, no. 3: 1–19&lt;em&gt;.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9655.14095&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9655.14095&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2025 “Collective loneliness: Theorizing emotions as atmospheres.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 66, no. 2: 206–31. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1086/734796&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1086/734796&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schroer, Sara Asu. 2018. “‘A feeling for birds’: Tuning into more-than-human atmospheres.” In &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 76–88. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schroer, Sara A. and Susanne B. Schmitt, eds. 2018a. &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schroer, Sara A. and Susanne B. Schmitt. 2018b. “Introduction. Thinking through atmospheres.” In &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 1–11. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Seyfert, Robert. 2012. “Beyond personal feelings and collective emotions: Toward a theory of social affect.” &lt;em&gt;Theory, Culture &amp;amp; Society&lt;/em&gt; 29, no. 6: 27–46. &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.1177/0263276412438591&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.1177/0263276412438591&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Shaw, Robert. 2018. “The making of pub atmospheres and George Orwell’s ‘Moon under water.’” In &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 30–44. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Simmel, Georg. 1917. “Die historische Formung.” &lt;em&gt;LOGOS: Internationale Zeitschrift für Philosophie der Kultur&lt;/em&gt; 7, no. 2: 113–52.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Slaby, Jan, Rainer Mühlhoff, and Philipp Wüschner. 2017. “Affective arrangements.” &lt;em&gt;Emotion Review&lt;/em&gt; 11, no. 1: 3–12. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/1754073917722214&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/1754073917722214&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stenslund, Anette. 2018. “The harsh smell of scentless art: On the synaesthetic gesture of hospital atmosphere.” In &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 153–71. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2023. &lt;em&gt;Atmosphere in urban design: A workplace ethnography of an architecture practice.&lt;/em&gt; Abingdon: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stewart, Kathleen. 2011. “Atmospheric attunements.” &lt;em&gt;Environment and Planning D&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;Society and Space&lt;/em&gt; 29, no. 3: 445–53. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1068/d9109&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1068/d9109&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stephens, Angharad Closs. 2016. “The affective atmospheres of nationalism.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Geographies&lt;/em&gt; 23, no. 2: 181–98. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/1474474015569994&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/1474474015569994&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stodulka, Thomas, Nasima Selim, and Dominik Mattes. 2018. “Affective scholarship: Doing anthropology with epistemic affects”. &lt;em&gt;Ethos&lt;/em&gt; 46, no. 4: 519–36. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12219&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12219&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stoler, Ann Laura. 2002. &lt;em&gt;Carnal knowledge and imperial power: Race and the intimate in colonial rule&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sumartojo, Shanti, and Sarah Pink. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Atmospheres and the experiential world. Theory and methods&lt;/em&gt;. Abingdon: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Thonhauser, Gerhard. 2021. “Beyond mood and atmosphere: A conceptual history of the term &lt;em&gt;Stimmung&lt;/em&gt;.” &lt;em&gt;Philosophia&lt;/em&gt; 49: 1247–65. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1007/s11406-020-00290-7&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1007/s11406-020-00290-7&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Throop, C. Jason. 2014. “Moral moods.” &lt;em&gt;Ethos&lt;/em&gt; 42, no. 1: 65–83. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12039&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12039&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2018 “Being otherwise: On regret, morality and mood.” In &lt;em&gt;Moral engines: Exploring the ethical drives in human life&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Cheryl Mattingly, Rasmus Dyring, Maria Louw and Thomas Schwarz Wentzer, 61–82. New York: Berghahn Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2020. “Meteorological moods and atmospheric attunements.” In &lt;em&gt;Vulnerability and the politics of care: Transdisciplinary dialogues&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Victoria Browne, Doerthe Rosenow, and Jason Danely, 60–77. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Thrift, Nigel. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Non-representational theory: Space, politics, affect&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tellenbach, Hubertus. 1981. &quot;Tasting and smelling–Taste and atmosphere–Atmosphere and trust.&quot;  &lt;em&gt;Journal of Phenomenological Psychology&lt;/em&gt; 12, no. 2: 221–30. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1163/156916281x00254&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1163/156916281x00254&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Trigg, Dylan, ed. 2022. &lt;em&gt;Atmospheres and shared emotions: Ambiances, atmospheres and sensory experiences of spaces&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wanner, Catherine. 2020. “An affective atmosphere of religiosity: Animated places, public spaces, and the politics of attachment in Ukraine and beyond.” &lt;em&gt;Comparative Studies in Society and History&lt;/em&gt; 62, no. 1: 68–105. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1017/S0010417519000410&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1017/S0010417519000410&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wellgraf, Stefan. 2018. “Hauptschule: Atmospheres of boredom and ruination.” In&lt;em&gt; Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 12–29. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Zigon, Jarrett. 2014. “Attunement and fidelity: Two ontological conditions for morally being‐in‐the‐world.” &lt;em&gt;Ethos&lt;/em&gt; 42, no. 1: 16–30. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12036&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12036&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributors&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Michael Schnegg, PhD, is an anthropologist at the University of Hamburg, Germany. He has conducted extensive ethnographic fieldwork in Mexico and Namibia. His current research explores what it feels like to live a rural life in an increasingly urbanised and warming world. To this end, he is contributing to the development of a phenomenological anthropology that brings together philosophers and anthropologists to work towards an empirically grounded theorisation of pressing issues, including climate change. His work has been published in a wide range of journals in anthropology, sociology, economics, communication studies, geography, and theoretical physics.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Michael Schnegg, Universität Hamburg, Institute for Social and Cultural Anthropology, Edmund-Siemers-Allee 1, D-20146 Hamburg, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9240-8836&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jonas Bens is Heisenberg Professor of Anthropology at the University of Hamburg. His research focuses on how people navigate conflicts within plural normative orders, combining long-term ethnographic studies with analyses of various legal systems, including state law and indigenous normative orders. From this perspective, he explores central legal and political concepts such as sovereignty, justice, property, value, and punishment. His most recent monograph is &lt;em&gt;The sentimental court: The affective life of international criminal justice&lt;/em&gt; (2020, Cambridge University Press).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Jonas Bens, Universität Hamburg, Institute for Social and Cultural Anthropology, Edmund-Siemers-Allee 1, D-20146 Hamburg, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3485-0436&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-editor field-type-entityreference field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Editor:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;Hanna Nieber&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Tue, 25 Nov 2025 07:40:13 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Rebecca Tishler</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">2065 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Race and racism</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/race-and-racism</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/apartheid-signs-trainstation.jpg?itok=sKpa9CzC&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-media-credits field-type-text-long field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;description&quot;&gt;Photo: Ernest Cole: &lt;a href=&quot;https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Apartheid-signs-trainstation.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Segregational signs at a South-African train station, before 1972&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/body&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Body&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/colonialism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Colonialism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/personhood&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Personhood&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/race-ethnicity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Race &amp;amp; Ethnicity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/science-technology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Science &amp;amp; Technology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/semiotics&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Semiotics&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-6&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/stigma&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Stigma&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/sindre-bangstad&quot;&gt;Sindre Bangstad&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/agustin-fuentes&quot;&gt;Agustín Fuentes&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;KIFO Institute of Church, Religion and Worldview Research, Princeton University&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;30&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Nov &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2023&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Racism is premised on the idea that humanity could and should be divided into distinct biological groups or ‘races’, and that different races stand in a ranked and hierarchical relation to one another. Racism understands human races to be separate and clear-cut clusters of people, based on biological criteria that are fixed and relevant for their behavior. While humans do vary biologically, their variation does not fall into such clusters that correspond to racial categories. Speaking of human races thus ignores the contemporary science of human variation, whilst intimately mixing the study of human biology with hierarchy, stigma and prejudice.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;As a worldview, racism was historically pervasive in the academy and in anthropology, a discipline that emerged in the context of colonialism, colonial discovery, and the exploration of human diversity. While the concept of race was in many respects foundational to the development and practice of anthropology it is now contested. As we will discover in this entry, the concepts and definitions of race, and their applicability, have changed greatly over time. Drawing on ethnographic material from various social and political contexts, and attempts at theorising race and racism, this entry will discuss important ways in which anthropologists have shaped both concepts in the past and in the present. Their work contributes to the important insight that race is not biologically but socially constituted. ‘Race is the child of racism, not the father’ (Coates 2015, 7).&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are no biological races in humans. This is the conclusion of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; bodies such as the American Anthropological Association (AAA) as well as the American Association of Physical Anthropologists (AAPA; formerly the American Association of Biological Anthropologists, or AABA). As the 2019 AABA statement makes clear, ‘no group of people is biologically homogeneous’, and human populations are ‘not biologically discrete, truly isolated or fixed’.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn1&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; The 1998 AAA Statement identifies ‘race’ as ‘an ideology about human differences’, and states that physical variations in the human species have problematic non-biological meanings culturally and politically ascribed onto them.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn2&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref2&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; These anthropological associations are not alone in rejecting the biological nature of racial groups, with genetic, psychological, and other scientific associations also publishing concordant statements.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn3&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref3&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref3&quot;&gt;[3]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Yet, one need only look at news items about police violence towards African-Americans in the US; &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnic&lt;/a&gt; minority mortality rates during the COVID-19 &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22pandemics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;pandemic&lt;/a&gt; in the UK; xenophobic violence against African migrants in South Africa; or the on-going hardening of borders of Europe to prevent the resettlement of migrants and refugees from African and Asian countries (de Genova 2018), to understand why race and racism remain such important topics in our time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Knowledge about race and racism is produced in the interstices between popular and scientific ideas (Reardon 2005). Anthropology is one of the social sciences that has a contradictory disciplinary heritage (Mullings 2005, 669). ‘Anthropology’s early professionalization as a science was associated closely with the elaboration of typologies and techniques for classifying and operationalizing the discrete “races of man”’ (Harrison 1995, 50). Historically, the discipline has been involved in and complicit with white supremacy, racism, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonialism&lt;/a&gt; (Beliso-De Jesús, Pierre and Rana 2023; Asad 1973). We may even regard the concept of race as a ‘master concept’ in anthropology, emerging from the context of colonialism and settler colonialism and continuing right until the emergence of powerful critiques of the concept of race in the twenty-first century. Recent anthropological critiques of race grew out of a long-standing concern relating to the origins and uses of the concept in the era of so-called ‘scientific racism’. Scientific racism tried to prove the existence of distinct human races by seemingly scientific means, building on biological concepts of race that had been in existence since the sixteenth century. It reached its heyday from the late 18th century, and was disproven in the early 20th century.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn4&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref4&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref4&quot;&gt;[4]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The ideas which underpinned scientific racism were anything but scientific. They flowed from the very racism they were evoked to support. Its lingering effects are still with us, and its central tenets of hierarchical biological difference between human groups have made a disturbing return in recent years (Saini 2019). Concern with scientific racism, and against race as a fixed socio-biological category, was spurred by some anthropologists gradually adopting explicitly anti-racist positions, in line with insights from biological and socio-cultural studies: all humans are now seen as belonging to one and the same human race, thus being endowed with the same inherent value, and the same &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16rights&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;right&lt;/a&gt; to life and dignity. This perspective is broadly recognised as socially and biologically accurate by much (but not all) of the academy and a smaller portion of the broader public. It took long and protracted struggles to undo racist understandings of human groups. The term ‘racism’ was coined in the late nineteenth century, but only adopted in the twentieth century (see below). It provided a starting point for what would mature into a critique of the concept of race both in anthropology and beyond.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Race does not reflect biological reality&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Humans vary biologically and that variation is important in understanding the human experience. However, that variation is not distributed in clusters that correspond to racial categories based on phenotype (e.g. Black, white, Asian, etc.) or continental regions (Africa, Asia, Europe, etc.) (Lewis et al. 2022). In the context of human variation, it is often assumed that specific physical differences attest to specific racial, biological, or evolved group differences between racial categories of people, but they do not. In spite of over 300 years of trying to classify humans into mostly distinct biological units, human genetic, morphological and physiological variation does not correspond to racial categories such as Black, white, Caucasian or Asian. Instead most evolutionary scientists today think of human group variation in terms of existing populations, i.e. groups of people who either live in the same place or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21sharing&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;share&lt;/a&gt; other connections such as eating similar food or having &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20child&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;children&lt;/a&gt; together. Human blood groups, body sizes, immune systems and skin colour simply do not map onto racial categories (Fuentes 2022, 74-91). The vast majority of genetic variation does not even occur across human populations but within them, as different parts of the human genome have different ancestral &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;histories&lt;/a&gt;. In fact, there is nearly twice as much genetic variation among human populations in Africa as among all populations elsewhere (Fuentes 2022, 74-91).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This has not stopped humans in the past from trying to impose hierarchical social orders based on assumed biological differences. For example, in the era of segregation in the US, the ‘one-drop rule’ meant that a person known to have one ancestor who was Black was, for the purposes of the law, considered to be Black. Under the racist regime of apartheid in South Africa (1948-1990), the authorities introduced laws which imposed a system of racial classification on the South African population in the form of the 1950 Population Registration Act. Under this and other South African apartheid laws, ‘coloureds’ were classified as an intermediate racial category, and deprived of many basic rights as &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizens&lt;/a&gt;. In the context of the Population Registration Act, South African citizens whose racial classification was unclear to the authorities were subjected to the so-called ‘pencil test’. The pencil test involved running a pencil through a person’s hair to determine that person’s racial classification. If the hair was straight, and the pencil dropped out of the person’s hair, the person would be classified as ‘white’; if the person had curly, coily or kinky hair, the person would be classified as ‘coloured’ or in some cases as ‘native’ (i.e. Black). Long after the demise of apartheid, such apartheid categories of racial difference remain socially and materially salient.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The category of being ‘native’, also holds negative connotations in Europe. An &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; study of a small and mixed coastal community in Northern Norway in the late 1940s found that public identity markers of the Sami ethnic group carried with them a significant social stigma. Locals of Sami background avoided such markers by avoiding use of Sami language and attire in public, and making derogatory remarks about nomadic Sami as ‘primitive’, especially when in the presence of non-Sami Norwegians. Being Sami was associatively linked to ‘uncleanliness’, and some locals of Sami background even referred to Samis as forming part of ‘an inferior race’ (Eidheim 1966; Eidheim 1969). Even today, Norwegian Samis remain targets of discrimination. These few historical examples of which there are countless others testify to the persistence of official and popular beliefs about the existence of biological race.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;But race has real social and material consequences&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Race is not biologically real, but its social and material consequences surely are (Hartigan 2013, 188). Racist systems, processes, and structures create the linkages between non-biological racialised groups and specific social, political, economic, and health-related outcomes. For example, statistics pertaining to the COVID-19 pandemic in the US found that whilst average life expectancies had fallen by two years in the population at large as a result of the pandemic, that figure rose to seven years for Native Americans and Alaskan Americans.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn5&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref5&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref5&quot;&gt;[5]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; The social and material realities of racism can create specific biological consequences connected to racial categories, such as the reality that Black American women are three times more likely to die during childbirth than white American women.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn6&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref6&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref6&quot;&gt;[6]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ethnographic studies from Brazil also point to the important effects of racism and discrimination on Black Brazilians. One early 1990s study of a small town in Rio’s coffee-growing interior, shows that racial inequality was upheld as the town’s inhabitants embraced aesthetic features that pointed to European ancestry, denigrated physical traits that point to African ancestry and wilfully forgot the non-white parts of their family histories (Twine 1998). Here racism endured, in part because commonsense definitions of it focused on direct human interactions. They excluded more complex and covert forms of racism, such as institutional racism or racist media imagery. As a result, Black Brazilians were routinely the subject of racist jokes, remained underpaid and were excluded from privileged social, educational and occupational spaces (Twine 1998).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While insisting on biological racial difference is not scientifically defensible, refuting the idea of biological race can also have negative consequences. In large parts of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21latam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Latin America&lt;/a&gt;, the idea of &lt;em&gt;mestizaje&lt;/em&gt;, or of people being biologically and culturally mixed, often serves attempts to whiten the population or to facilitate nation building (Hordge-Freeman 2015, 11-13). However, it is also part of more recent efforts to stop focusing on biological differences and to remedy centuries of racism and discrimination as part of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democratic&lt;/a&gt; nation building (Wade 2017). Yet this emphasis on ‘mixture’ has its limits. It continues to provide a space within which Blackness, Indigeneity, and whiteness can implicitly be hierarchically valued. Insisting on people’s sameness may even blend into opposition to affirmative action policies. In Brazil for example, the insistence that race is not a primarily biological category has led some activists on the political left and right to argue against policies that explicitly recognised racial groups in society so as to give them special rights (Wade 2017, 129). This undermines efforts of those Black and Indigenous activists who are actively fighting to be recognized as racially and culturally distinct. The myth of a Brazilian ‘racial democracy’ thereby undercuts affirmative action policies, with the argument being that if race does not exist in Brazil, racial quotas should not either. It equally obscures the important processes of racialisation, which routinely lead to gendered racism and racialised sexism in the country (Caldwell 2007, 8).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Histories of race, histories of racism&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;‘The history of race and racism is a major component in the development of modern anthropology’ (Sussman 2014, 9). Anthropologists now generally contend that racism is epistemologically prior to race, or that ‘racism made race’ (Graves, Jr. and Goodman 2021, 5). This can be a bit confusing, because the term ‘racism’ is in fact a much more recent addition to the lexicon than ‘race’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As a designator for biological ideas about human difference, the term ‘race’ emerged in the period of 1730-1790 in Europe (Bancel, David and Thomas 2019), whereas the first recorded instance of the term ‘racism’ in a Western language appears to be that of the French anarchist Charles Malato in his &lt;em&gt;Philosophie de l’anarchie&lt;/em&gt; (1888), and in English that of the US military commander Richard Henry Pratt in &lt;em&gt;Proceedings of the Mohonk conference&lt;/em&gt; (1902). Arguably the most central scholarly contribution to popularising the term came in the form of the exiled German Jewish sexologist Magnus Hirschfeld’s posthumously published monograph &lt;em&gt;Rassismus &lt;/em&gt;(1938).&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn7&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref7&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref7&quot;&gt;[7]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;It was not until 1942 that the term ‘racism’ appeared in the &lt;em&gt;Merriam-Webster Dictionary&lt;/em&gt; for the first time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A first clear-cut example of racism in Europe that &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historians&lt;/a&gt; tend to point to is the discrimination faced by &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18islam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Muslim&lt;/a&gt; and Jewish converts to Catholicism—&lt;em&gt;moriscos &lt;/em&gt;and &lt;em&gt;conversos&lt;/em&gt;—during the Catholic &lt;em&gt;Reconquista &lt;/em&gt;of the Muslim-controlled &lt;em&gt;al-Andalus&lt;/em&gt; area of the Iberian Peninsula from the twelfth century onwards (Bethencourt 2013). These converts to Catholicism and their patrilineal descendants were for centuries denied full civil rights with reference to their alleged lack of ‘purity of blood’ (&lt;em&gt;&#039;limpieza de sangre&#039;&lt;/em&gt;). We may distinguish between biology as a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;science&lt;/a&gt; which assesses the organic dynamics of bodies, and biology as popular ideas about the body. Biology as a contemporary science did not exist in the Iberian Peninsula at the time of the Catholic &lt;em&gt;Reconquista&lt;/em&gt;. And yet, the idea of an essential link between blood and descent appears to be already present, although there was no underlying concept of biological race involved: &lt;em&gt; raza &lt;/em&gt;or ‘race’ in Spanish referred at the time to ‘noble birth’, rather than biological race.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The biological conceptions of race, in which skin colour and other phenotypical markers of human difference are made salient and prominent, are a product of the European Enlightenment. Enlightenment science enabled race to ‘become biological’ (Graves, Jr. and Goodman 2021, 21). For example, botanist Carl Linnaeus’ classified humans into ‘five varieties’ in the tenth edition of his &lt;em&gt;Systema naturae&lt;/em&gt; from 1758 (Marks 2017; Blunt 2002). Immanuel Kant’s philosophical anthropology linked skin colour to human character and intellect, describing humans of paler skin as superior to humans of darker skin (Mills 2017). ‘Skin colour is the primary criterion by which people have been classified into groups in the Western scientific tradition’ (Jablonski 2021, 437), but skin colour was only one of the criteria: physical markers such as hair texture, head size, bodily shape, eye colour and shape, and the size of one’s lips, nose, and sexual organs have at various times also been seen as marking race. What is rarely appreciated is ‘the extent to which current thought and research remain influenced by colour-based race concepts’ (Jablonski 2021, 437).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;European &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonialism&lt;/a&gt; was also integral to the development of racism, as European conquest sought to legitimate itself by recourse to arguments about human difference in an age of European discovery of other parts of the world. Given that anthropology emerged as a science intimately linked to European colonialism (Asad 1975, Trouillot 2003; Gupta and Stoolman 2022), it is hardly surprising that early anthropology would play a central role in the development and elaboration of ideas about human difference and otherness intrinsic to European colonialism that created ‘biological’ (but actually social) conceptions of race. These ‘biological’ understandings of human difference have adapted to highly variegated historical, social, and political contexts, and have adopted different forms. It is in reference to this that cultural theorist Stuart Hall referred to race as a ‘floating’ or ‘sliding signifier’ (2017) or a concept with no fixed categories or meanings. Hall’s is not an argument for the timelessness and universalism of all forms of racism but rather for the malleability of race concepts underpinning racism. According to him, race works like a language. The meaning of racial categories is not primarily defined by what they refer to. Instead, their meaning depends on other meaning making concepts. People’s different histories, experiences and modes of living determine which racial categories they may find convincing. For Hall, the study of how racial categories are made and remade is thus not primarily about human and scientific progress, but it is driven by socio-cultural ruptures and continuities.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example, racial regimes of colonialism and settler colonialism varied according to time, context, and targets: the racism faced by African-Americans and Indigenous American Indians in the US differed from others in form and character. The transatlantic slave trade resulted in a racialisation whereby African-Americans were seen as property and sources of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;labour&lt;/a&gt;, while settler colonialism resulted in Indigenous Americans being viewed as obstacles to extraction and control of resources (Mamdani 2020). Simply subsuming them under the same umbrella of racism risks under-emphasizing the specific forms of violence that people in different times and places have had to endure.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Scientific racism&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By the nineteenth century the idea that there were innate human differences attributable to assumed races was considered as established &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; knowledge, as well as simple common sense in large parts of the world (Saini 2019). Linnaeus, who laid the foundations for scientific racism, included humans among the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18animals&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;animal&lt;/a&gt; species and divided them into different varieties based on skin colour as well as real and assumed behaviour (Kenyon-Hyatt 2021). Linnaeus’ contemporary, the eighteenth century biologist Comte de Buffon believed that an original white ‘Caucasian’ race had degraded into other races due to environmental factors such as difficult climates and poor diets. Though he admitted that humans were one single species and any classification of humans was bound to be arbitrary, he still held the view that there was a biological racial hierarchy. The biologist Johan Friedrich Blumenbach (1752-1840) divided humans into ultimately five hierarchically structured races, based on people’s anatomy as well as their linguistic and psychological features (Bethencourt 2013; Gates, Jr. and Curran 2022). Race thinking in scientific racism cut across the divisions between ‘monogenism’, which posited a single origin of humanity, and ‘polygenism’, which held that human races had different origins. Historians have documented how the tenets of Western scientific racism were exported to other parts of the world and applied to local circumstances by local elites (see Skidmore 1993 for Brazil, Zia-Ebrahimi 2016 for Persia/Iran and Weaver 2022 for India).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scientific racism also provided license and legitimation for eugenics (el-Haj 2007), the belief that human ‘stock’ could and should be ‘perfected’ by means of restricting the right to &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reproduce&lt;/a&gt; for certain categories of humans. Such reproductive restrictions were usually imposed on racialised others, the poor and people with mental or physical &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18disab&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;disabilities&lt;/a&gt;. Eugenics counted on widespread support from white academic, social, political, and media elites in both Europe and the US (Rutherford 2022). The eugenicist idea that humans could and should be ‘perfected’ was intrinsically linked to a racial hierarchy in which the supposed ‘white race’ was placed on top. ‘Miscegenation’ between supposedly different races of humans was declared either undesirable or outlawed. Moreover, the right to biological reproduction of people or groups of people of all colours was limited. In places like South Africa under apartheid, the US South in the era of segregation, and in Nazi Germany, sexual &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt;, co-habitation, and marriage between individuals deemed to belong to different ‘races’ was prohibited by state law. The obsession with ‘interracial’ sex, and the casting of hypersexualised Black and brown men, in particular, as sexual threats against white women, has been and remains an ever-recurrent facet of racist thought from slavery and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonialism&lt;/a&gt; to the present (Stoler 2010).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Arguments for eugenics often came wrapped in arguments about the supposed ‘superiority’ of the ‘white’ and ‘Nordic race’, and physical anthropologists provided data in the form of cranial and other physical measurements meant to lend credence to these ideas (Kyllingstad 2012). Given these ideas about alleged racial superiority of the ‘white’ and ‘Nordic race’, it should not be any surprise that the eugenicists’ calls for restricting the right to reproduce often also entailed calls to restrict ‘non-white immigration’ and interracial sexual relations in the name of ‘preserving racial purity’ both in the US and in Europe. There was in fact an extensive trans- and inter-continental traffic of racist ideas about the ‘white’ race and/or ‘Nordic’ and/or ‘Aryan’ racial superiority with the US white supremacist and eugenicist movement (Whitman 2017).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Though European colonialists legitimated any number of atrocities and violence inflicted on colonised peoples by recourse to ideas central to scientific racism—such as the transatlantic slave trade, genocide, and the forced removal of children from their families and communities—broader European and Euro-American popular recognition of how lethal and dehumanising these ideas actually were was catalysed by Nazi extermination policies. These views culminated in the Holocaust against - among others - Jews, Roma, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19queer&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;queer&lt;/a&gt;, and disabled peoples from 1942 to 1945. The central role of some German anthropologists in this horror is well documented (Schafft 2003).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The Boasian turn&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By the turn of the twentieth century, the ideas of scientific racism were dominant among liberal Western elites. They were also dominant and widely taken for granted among anthropologists—and not least in physical anthropology. Work by the Haitian anthropologist Anténor Firmin (1885) directly countered and challenged 19th century racial typologies and their associated racism. He insisted on focusing on people’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;moral&lt;/a&gt; and intellectual dimensions, rather than their physical attributes, leading him to argue for the essential equality of humans. His work did not make a global impact during his time or over coming decades, in part due to the racist biases of the academy. However, it did foreshadow later arguments about the social construction of race (Fleuhr-Lobban 2000). Anthropologist Franz Boas (1858-1942) and his successors received the most attention in challenging the ideas about biological race so central to scientific racism. Influenced by and in dialogue with sociologist W.E.B. Du Bois (1868-1963), Boas and his students took on key elements in the push against racial essentialism and the racism it supported (but not without issues: see Baker 2021 and below).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Physical anthropology in Boas’ time was wedded to the idea that one could derive conclusions about the mental and intellectual capacities of purportedly different races through determining physical attributes such as head size and shape. It was Boas’ 1912 monograph &lt;em&gt;Changes in bodily form of descendants of immigrants &lt;/em&gt;that demonstrated that, contrary to dominant claims at the time, the lived human environment was a significant factor in the development of physical attributes among humans (Baker 2004; Gravlee, Bernard and Leonard 2003). The book showed that the physical aspects of European immigrants to the United States changed more drastically than expected, and more the longer their parents had been to the United States. Boas and his successors conducted this study in the context of struggles against eugenics and white supremacist movements in Europe and the US in the 1920s and 1930s, and not the least German Nazism (King 2019). Central in the new anthropological conceptualisation of what was and should be the focus in the study of human difference and variety was the concept of culture. Cultural differences were increasingly seen as being more important than biological differences. More specifically, the ‘Boasian turn’ in anthropology disrupted the ideology that biology underlay culture. Previously presumed biological traits and cultural phenomena were no longer causally linked (Mukhopadhyay and Moses 1997, 525), and one could no longer proclaim that ‘group X does this because of biological trait Y’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Whereas Boas had hedged his bets, and retained the concept of race itself, his radical student Ashley Montagu (1905-1999) launched a full attack on the concept in anthropology (for a related, if somewhat more demure, anti-racism in mainstream physical anthropology, see Washburn 1963). For Montagu, race was a myth, and ought to be replaced by the concept of ‘ethnic group’. The ethnic group was not intended to merely ‘substitute’ for race; it entailed adopting an entirely new viewpoint (Montagu 1962, 926). Montagu, who during World War II published the seminal monograph &lt;em&gt;Man’s most dangerous myth: The fallacy of race &lt;/em&gt;(1942), would later become the main author of UNESCO’s 1950 Statement on Race, in which race was declared to be a non-scientific concept (Brattain 2012). The Statement foregrounded humanity’s common ancestry and genetic similarities across populations to argue that racism was nothing but an inherently aggressive ideology and a misguided feeling. Montagu believed that the concept of race was so intertwined with racism that one could not do away with the latter without first doing away with the former (Yudell 2014).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Though they have in time become part of the anthropological common sense, it often seems forgotten, even within anthropology itself, how radical Montagu’s ideas about race and racism were at the time. The years that followed the 1950 UNESCO Statement on Race also revealed that Montagu’s radical anti-racist stance as a drafter of the statement had uneven support among the cross-disciplinary group of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientists&lt;/a&gt; involved in UNESCO: it would be followed by more anodyne UNESCO statements on race in 1951, 1967 and 1978 (Hazard, Jr. 2012). Another anthropologist involved in the 1950 UNESCO Statement, and critical of the concept of race, was Claude Lévi-Strauss (Rouse 2019). But in anthropology, Montagu, building on Firmin, Boas, Washburn, and the work of many others, won out, and the lingering effects of his contribution can also be found in the various institutional statements on race and racism today.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The critique of Boasian racial liberalism&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Changes brought by the Boasian turn were incomplete. In the eyes of its detractors, the dominant Boasian ‘racial liberalism’ in anthropology in the post-World War II era turned out to be quite compatible with the continued exclusion and marginalisation of Black, Indigenous, and other racialised scholars (Baker 2021). The idea of racial liberalism foregrounds that liberalism has been racialised, as liberal theory long restricted full personhood to white men, and its insistence on liberal &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;values&lt;/a&gt; trivialises white supremacy (Rana 2020). Liberalism has historically tended to describe white supremacist and racist imaginaries about state and nation as pertaining to the political fringes (Shoshan 2015). This is an analytical and conceptual move which often exceptionalises racism and reinforces notions of ‘white innocence’ (Wekker 2015).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Radical critiques of Boasian racial liberalism starting in the 1960s, inspired by the nascent field of Black studies (Anderson 2019; de Jesús, Pierre and Rana 2023). They took aim at what they declared to be the fiction that anthropology itself and the societies it studies had become ‘post-racial’ by declaring race to be a social construct and adopting a ‘no race’ position. Boasian racial liberalism would also at times appear to efface the central role that transatlantic slavery played in the formulation of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25antiblackness&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;anti-Black racism&lt;/a&gt; (Harrison 1995, 52), and to have reduced racism to a matter of individual attitudes rather than social structures and systemic practice. Critiques of Boasian racial liberalism have also taken aim at the notion that replacing the concept of race with the concept of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnicity&lt;/a&gt;—as popularised by the works of Montagu (1942) and anthropologist Fredrik W. Barth (1969)—would do away with racism. For turning ethnicity into the ‘master principle of classification’, in the words of its critics, ‘euphemized, if not denied race’ by not specifying the conditions under which racism emerges and persists (Harrison 1995, 48).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The radical critique of Boasian racial liberalism also took on board the empirically registrable fact that far-right and racist movements had shifted from a discourse highlighting immigrants and minorities’ physical and phenotypical features to a discourse about the culture and religion of ‘racial others’. They had done so in a very elaborate and conscious attempt at evading the very accusations of racism that often blocked their popular appeal. Diagnosed as ‘cultural racism’ by Frantz Fanon (1967), this was not so much a ‘new racism’ (Balibar 1991), as a return to the very origins of European racism by making culture and religion the central markers of exclusion of ‘others’ (Stolcke 1995). Peter Wade makes the important point that ‘race has always been seen as a natural-cultural assemblage in which “nature” and “culture” are always shaping each other and the differences between them are not always clear’ (Wade 2015, 53).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;What this return to cultural racism translated into in practice was the racist and discriminatory treatment of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18islam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Muslim&lt;/a&gt; and/or Black populations throughout Western societies in particular, a form of racism often described as ‘Islamophobia’ (Bangstad 2022). Islamophobia is by no means limited to the West. The new forms of racism represented a ‘racism without races’ or a supposedly ‘colour-blind racism’ (Bonilla-Silva 2003; Omi and Winant 1986). By the 1990s, it had arguably become a dominant form of racism in Europe and the US. Regardless of the elaboration and differentiation of the concept of culture in anthropology, out in the real world, ‘culture’ would, over the course of the 1990s, assume some of the very same essentialised properties as the concept of race once had. The new ‘culture talk’ was exemplified in the political construction of the category of ‘Muslim’ which followed in the wake of al-Qaida’s terrorist attack on the US on September 11, 2001 (Mamdani 2002; Abu-Lughod 2002).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Noteworthy in this context of racism against Muslims was also the ubiquity of racist stereotyping of Muslim males as existential sexual threats against women and women’s rights worldwide (Abu-Lughod 2015). That racist trope travelled fast and far and has been present in, for example, the anti-Muslim hate speech and rhetoric of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21buddhism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Buddhist&lt;/a&gt; nationalists in Myanmar as well as among Hindutva nationalists in India in recent years. Darren Byler has also noted that the production of Uyghur Muslim men, in particular, as ‘subhuman under the sign of terror’ is characteristic of both state authorities and settler &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; discourse in Xinjang, China (2022, 9). Arjun Appadurai identified a ‘fear of small numbers’ (2006) as a central element of global racisms: with the rise, mainstreaming, and circulation of far-right and racist ideas about white ‘replacement’ or ‘extinction’ in various societies such as Europe, the US, India, and South Africa. Those fears have long since become global.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;New frontiers in the anthropological study of race and racisms&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropology has been taken to task for largely ignoring race and racism as central to its history, practice, and development (Pierre 2013; Jobson 2020). That anthropological scholarship about race and racism has overwhelmingly focused on Western contexts should not blind us to the fact that while racism is not a human universal (i.e., found in all human cultures), it is certainly a global phenomenon (i.e., found in contemporary human societies in all parts of the world) (Hage 1998; Twine 1998; Ghassem-Fachandi 2012; Loftsdóttir and Jensen 2014; Ghassem-Fachandi 2012; Pierre 2012). Anthropological studies have also demonstrated that many societies that are profoundly multiracial and multicultural—such as in the Caribbean, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21latam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Latin America&lt;/a&gt;, and Africa (Pierre 2012)—have developed and sustained elaborate racial hierarchies premised on the retention of privileges for the ‘least Black parts’ of the population (Wade 2017). Anthropologists have equally documented how racism can even pervade institutions in which there is a formal commitment to equal treatment or the eradication of racism (Rouse 2009; Shange 2019). Inspired by critical whiteness studies, they have also reversed the tendency to study race through the study of people of colour, and explored the intersections between class, gender, and race among white people (Hartigan 2005). In the ‘decolonizing turn’ in anthropology in recent years, critical calls to dismantle past and present structures of white privilege and white supremacy within anthropology (de Jesús, Pierre and Rana 2023) as well as to de-centre white epistemologies have been central (Allen and Jobson 2016; Gupta and Stoolman 2022).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropological theories and analyses do not evolve in isolation from developments in society and politics at large. The Black Lives Matter (BLM) movement has engendered a shift from definitions and analyses of racism premised on seeing it as the articulation of individual attitudes, to definitions and analyses with concepts such as ‘systemic’ and/or ‘structural’ racism. That shift now provides directions and new avenues for future research (see, among others, Gilmore 2022), and is discernible in Laurence Ralph’s study of the use of torture alongside everyday incidents of police violence against Black Americans in Chicago (2020) as well as in Ruha Benjamin’s studies of how &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18digital&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;digital&lt;/a&gt; technology structures (coders, developers, users) reinforce racial discrimination and biases that create and inform coded inequity or what Benjamin calls the “New Jim Code” (2019). Inspired by work on &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;science&lt;/a&gt; and technology, anthropologists have also taken an interest in how the rise and popularity of modern and privatised DNA testing and the new science of genomics may re-inscribe racial frames and engender racism (M’charek 2005; el-Haj 2007; Fullwiley 2011; Nelson 2016; Abel and Schroeder 2020; Abel 2022). Yet, they have also discussed how the use of genomic analyses can be used to push against racist and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; frames, for example by solidifying empowering forms of otherness (Benn-Torres and Torres-Colon 2021).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For what it will be worth, in an uncertain human future under conditions of man-made and intertwined ‘polycrises’ including global &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21climatechange&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;climate change&lt;/a&gt; and environmental destruction, increased migration flows coupled with the bordering of the richer parts of the world, global &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22pandemics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;pandemics&lt;/a&gt;, and ravaging wars, anthropology seems in recent years to have taken more substantive steps in the direction of anti-racism (Mullings 2005). As anthropology helps us recognise and address racism, we may in turn be in a better position to deal with looming threats to the idea of a shared humanity.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Abel, Sarah. 2022. &lt;em&gt;Permanent markers: Race, ancestry, and the body after the genome&lt;/em&gt;. Chapel Hill, N.C.: The University of North Carolina Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Abel, Sarah, and Hannes Schroeder. 2020. “From country marks to DNA makers: The genomic turn in the production of African identities.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 61, no. 22: 198–209.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Abu-Lughod, Lila. 2002. “Do Muslim women really need saving? Anthropological reflections on cultural relativism and its others.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;104, no. 3: 783–90.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Do Muslim women need saving? &lt;/em&gt;Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Allen, Jafari S. and Ryan C. Jobson. 2016. “The decolonizing generation: (Race and) theory in anthropology since the Eighties.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;57, no. 2: 129–49.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Alves, Jaime A. 2018. &lt;em&gt;The anti-Black city: Police terror and Black urban life in Brazil&lt;/em&gt;. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anderson, Mark. 2019. &lt;em&gt;From Boas to Black Power: Racism, liberalism and American anthropology&lt;/em&gt;. Stanford: Stanford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Appadurai, Arjun. 2006. &lt;em&gt;The fear of small numbers: An essay on the geography of anger&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Asad, Talal, ed. (1973) 1995. &lt;em&gt;Anthropology and the colonial encounter&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Rowman &amp;amp; Littlefield.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Baker, Lee D. 2004. “Franz Boas out of the ivory tower.” &lt;em&gt;Anthropological Theory &lt;/em&gt;4, no. 1: 29–51.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2022. “The racist anti-racism of American anthropology.” &lt;em&gt;Transforming Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;290, no. 2: 127–42.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Balibar, Étienne. 1991. “Is there a ‘neo-racism’? In &lt;em&gt;Race, nation, class: Ambiguous identities&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Étienne Balibar and Immanuel Wallerstein, 17-29 . London: Verso.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bancel, Nicolas, Thomas David, and Dominic Thomas. 2019. “Introduction: The invention of race: Scientific and popular representations of race from Linnaeus to the Ethnic Shows. In &lt;em&gt;The invention of race: Scientific and popular representations&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Nicolas Bancel, Thomas David and Dominic Thomas, 1–17 . London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bangstad, Sindre. 2022. “Western Islamophobia: The origins of a concept.” In &lt;em&gt;Routledge handbook of Islam in the West&lt;/em&gt;, 2&lt;sup&gt;nd&lt;/sup&gt; edition, edited by Roberto Tottoli. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Barth, Fredrik W., ed. 1969. &lt;em&gt;Ethnic groups and boundaries&lt;/em&gt;. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beliso-De Jesús, Aisha, Jemima Pierre, and Junaid Rana. 2023. “White supremacy and the making of anthropology.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 52: 413–35.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Benjamin, Ruha. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Race after technology: Abolitionist tools for the New Jim Code&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Polity Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Benn-Torres, Jada and Gabriel A. Torres-Colon. 2021. &lt;em&gt;Genetic ancestry: Our stories, our pasts&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bethencourt, Francisco. 2013. &lt;em&gt;Racisms: From the Crusades to the early twentieth-century&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Blunt, Wilfrid. 2002. &lt;em&gt;Linnaeus: The compleat naturalist&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Boas, Franz. 1912. &lt;em&gt;Changes in bodily form of descendants of immigrants&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bonilla-Silva, Eduardo. 2003. &lt;em&gt;Racism without racists: Color-blind racism and the persistence of racial equality in America&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Rowman and Littlefield.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Byler, Darren. 2022. &lt;em&gt;Terror capitalism: Uyghur dispossession and masculinity in a Chinese city&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Coates, Ta-Nehisi. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Between the world and me&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Spiegel &amp;amp; Grau.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Caldwell, Kia L. 2007. &lt;em&gt;Negras in Brazil: Re-envisioning Black women, citizenship and the politics of identity&lt;/em&gt;. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;De Genova, Nicholas. 2018. “The ‘migrant crisis’ as racial crisis: Do &lt;em&gt;Black Lives Matter &lt;/em&gt;in Europe?” &lt;em&gt;Ethnic and Racial Studies &lt;/em&gt;41, no. 10: 1765–82.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Eidheim, Harald. 1966. “Lappish guest relationships under conditions of cultural change.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;68, no. 2: 426–37.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1969. “When ethnic identity is a social stigma.” In &lt;em&gt;Ethnic groups and boundaries: The social organization of difference&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Fredrik Barth, 39–58 . Oslo: Universitetsforlaget.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;El-Haj, Nadia A. 2007. “The genetic reinscription of race.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;36: 283–300.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fanon, Frantz. 1967. &lt;em&gt;Black skins, white masks&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Groove Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fleuhr-Lobban, Carolyn. 2000. “Anténor Firmin: Haitian pioneer of anthropology.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;102, no. 3: 449–66.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fuentes, Agustín. 2022. &lt;em&gt;Race, monogamy and other lies they told you: Busting myths about human nature&lt;/em&gt;. Oakland: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fullwiley, Duana. 2011. &lt;em&gt;The enculturated gene: Sickle cell health politics and biological difference in West Africa&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gates, Henry Louis, Jr. and Andrew S. Curran, eds. 2022. &lt;em&gt;Who’s black and why? A hidden chapter from the eighteenth-century invention of race&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ghassem-Fachandi, Parvis. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Pogrom in Gujarat: Hindu nationalism and anti-Muslim violence in India&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gilmore, Ruth W. 2022. &lt;em&gt;Abolition geography: Essays towards liberation&lt;/em&gt;. London: Verso. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gravlee, Clarence C., H.R. Bernard and William R. Leonard. 2003. “Boas’s ‘Changes in bodily form’: The immigrant study, cranial plasticity, and Boas’s physical anthropology.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;105, no. 2: 326–32.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Graves, Joseph L., Jr. and Alan H. Goodman. 2021. &lt;em&gt;Racism, not race: Answers to frequently asked questions&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gupta, Akhil and Jessie Stoolman. 2022. “Decolonizing US anthropology.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;124, no. 4: 778–99. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/aman.13775&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/aman.13775&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hall, Stuart. 2017. &lt;em&gt;The fateful triangle: Race, ethnicity, nation&lt;/em&gt;. Edited by Kobena Mercer. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hage, Ghassan. 1998. &lt;em&gt;White nation: Fantasies of white supremacy in a multicultural society&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Harrison, Faye V. 1995. “The persistent power of ‘race’ in the cultural and political economy of racism.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;24: 47–74.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hartigan, John, Jr. 2005. &lt;em&gt;Odd tribes: Toward a cultural analysis of white people&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2013. “Conclusion: Anthropology of race.” In &lt;em&gt;Anthropology of race&lt;/em&gt;, edited by John Hartigan, Jr., 187–98. Santa Fe, NM: School For Advanced Research Press.   &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hazard, Anthony Q., Jr. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Postwar anti-racism: The United States, UNESCO and ‘race’&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;1945–68&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hordge-Freeman, Elizabeth. 2015. &lt;em&gt;The color of love: Racial features, stigma and socialization in black Brazilian families&lt;/em&gt;. Austin, TX: University of Texas Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jablonski, Nina G. 2021. “Skin color and race.” &lt;em&gt;American Journal of Physical Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;175, no. 1: 437–47.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jobson, Ryan C. 2020. “The case for letting anthropology burn: Sociocultural anthropology in 2019.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;122, no. 2: 259–72.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;King, Charles. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Gods of the upper air: How a group of renegade anthropologists remade race, sex and gender in the twentieth century&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Anchor Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kenyon-Hyatt. Brittany. 2021. “How scientific taxonomy contributed to the myth of race.” &lt;em&gt;SAPIENS&lt;/em&gt;, March 19. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.sapiens.org/biology/race-scientific-taxonomy/&quot;&gt;https://www.sapiens.org/biology/race-scientific-taxonomy/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kyllingstad, Jon R. 2012. “Norwegian physical anthropology and the idea of a Nordic race.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;57, no. 5: 46–57.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lewis, Anna C.F., Santiago J. Molina, Paul S. Appelbaum, Bege Dauda, Anna Di Rienzo, Agustin Fuentes et al. 2022. “Getting genetic ancestry right for science and society.” Science 376, no. 6590: 250–2.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Loftsdóttir, Kristín and Lars Jensen, eds. 2014. &lt;em&gt;Whiteness and postcolonialism in the Nordic region: Exceptionalism, migrant others and national identities&lt;/em&gt;. Farnham: Ashgate. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mamdani, Mahmood. 2002. “Good Muslim, bad Muslim: A political perspective on culture and terrorism.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;104, no. 3: 766–75.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Neither settler nor native: The making and unmaking of permanent minorities&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Marks, Jonathon. 2017. &lt;em&gt;Is science racist? &lt;/em&gt;London: Polity Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;M’charek, Amade. 2005. &lt;em&gt;The Human Genome Diversity Project: An ethnography of scientific practice&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mills, Charles W. 2017. &lt;em&gt;Black rights/white wrongs: The critique of racial liberalism&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Montagu, Ashley. 1942. &lt;em&gt;Man’s most dangerous myth: The fallacy of race&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Harper.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1962. “The concept of race.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;64, no. 5: 919–28.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mukhopadhyay, Carol C. and Yolanda T. Moses. 1997. “Reestablishing ‘race’ in anthropological discourse.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;99, no. 3: 517–33.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mullings, Leith. 2005. “Interrogating racism: Toward an antiracist anthropology.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;34: 667–93.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nelson, Alondra. 2016. &lt;em&gt;The social life of DNA: Race, reparations and reconciliation after the genome&lt;/em&gt;. Boston: Beacon Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Omi, Michael and Howard Winant. 1986. &lt;em&gt;Racial formation in the United States&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pierre, Jemima. 2012. &lt;em&gt;The predicament of blackness: Postcolonial Ghana and the politics of race&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2013. “Race in Africa today: A commentary.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;25, no. 3: 547–51.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ralph, Laurence. 2020. &lt;em&gt;The torture letters: Reckoning with police violence&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: Chicago University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rana, Junaid. 2020. “Anthropology and the riddle of white supremacy.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;122, no. 1: 99–111.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Reardon, Jenny. 2005. &lt;em&gt;Race to the finish: Identity and governance in an age of genomics&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rouse, Carolyn. 2009. &lt;em&gt;Uncertain suffering: Racial health disparities and sickle cell disease&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley, California: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2019. “Claude Lévi-Strauss’ contribution to the race question: Race and history.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;121, no. 3: 721–4.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rutherford, Adam. 2022. &lt;em&gt;Control: The dark history and troubling present of eugenics&lt;/em&gt;. London: Weidenfeld &amp;amp; Nicholson.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Saini, Angela. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Superior: The return of race science&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Penguin Random House.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Shange, Savannah. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Progressive dystopia: Abolition, antiblackness and schooling in San Francisco&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Shoshan, Nitzan. 2015. &lt;em&gt;The management of hate: Nation, affect, and the governance of right-wing extremism in Germany&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schafft, Gretchen. E. 2003. &lt;em&gt;From racism to genocide: Anthropology in the Third Reich&lt;/em&gt;. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stolcke, Verena. 1995. “Talking culture: New boundaries, new rhetorics of exclusion in Europe.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;36, no. 1: 1–24.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stoler, Ann L. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Carnal knowledge and imperial power: Race and the intimate in colonial rule&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sussman, Robert W. 2014. &lt;em&gt;The myth of race: The troubling persistence of an unscientific idea&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Topolski, Anya. 2018. “The race-religion constellation: A European contribution to the critical philosophy of race.” &lt;em&gt;Critical Philosophy of Race &lt;/em&gt;1, no. 6: 58–81.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Trouillot, Michel-Rolph. 2003. “Anthropology and the savage slot: The poetics and politics of otherness. In &lt;em&gt;Global transformations: Anthropology and the modern world&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Michel-Rolph Trouillot, 7–29 . New York: Palgrave Macmillan.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Turda, Marius and Maria S. Quine. 2018. &lt;em&gt;Historicizing race&lt;/em&gt;. London: Bloomsbury.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Twine, France W. 1998. &lt;em&gt;Racism in a racial democracy: The maintenance of white supremacy in Brazil&lt;/em&gt;. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;UNESCO. 1950. The race concept: Results of an inquiry. Paris: UNESCO. &lt;a href=&quot;https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000073351&quot;&gt;https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000073351&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wade, Peter. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Race: An introduction&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2017. &lt;em&gt;Degrees of mixture, degrees of freedom: Genomics, multiculturalism, and race in Latin America. &lt;/em&gt;Durham, NC: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Washburn, S.L. 1963. “The study of race.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;63, no. 3: 521–31.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Weaver, Lesley J. 2022. “The laboratory of scientific racism: India and the origins of anthropology.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;51: 67–83.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wekker, Gloria. 2015. &lt;em&gt;White innocence: Paradoxes of colonialism and race&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.     &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Whitman, James Q. 2017. &lt;em&gt;Hitler’s American model: The United States and the making of Nazi race law&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Yuddell, Michael. 2014. &lt;em&gt;Race unmasked: Biology and race in the twentieth century&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Zia-Ebrahimi, Reza. 2016. &lt;em&gt;The emergence of Iranian nationalism: Race and the politics of dislocation&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributors&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sindre Bangstad is a Research Professor at KIFO, Oslo, Norway. He was a Visiting Professor in Anthropology at Princeton University 2022-23.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sindre Bangstad, KIFO Institute of Church, Religion and Worldview Research, Øvre Slottsgate 6B, 0192 Oslo, Norway. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;mailto:sindre.bangstad@kifo.no&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;sindre.bangstad@kifo.no&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Agustín Fuentes is a Professor of Anthropology at Princeton University.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Agustín Fuentes, Department of Anthropology, Princeton University, 116 Aaron Burr Hall, Princeton, NJ 08544, USA&lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;mailto:afuentes2@princeton.edu&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;afuentes2@princeton.edu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;hr align=&quot;left&quot; size=&quot;1&quot; width=&quot;33%&quot; /&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn1&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref1&quot; name=&quot;_ftn1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt; ”AABA statement on race &amp;amp; racism.” 2019. American Association of Biological Anthropologists, March 27. https://bioanth.org/about/position-statements/aapa-statement-race-and-racism-2019/&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn2&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref2&quot; name=&quot;_ftn2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn2&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt; “AAA statement on race.” 1998. American Anthropological Association, May 17. &lt;a href=&quot;https://americananthro.org/about/policies/statement-on-race/&quot;&gt;https://americananthro.org/about/policies/statement-on-race/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn3&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref3&quot; name=&quot;_ftn3&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn3&quot;&gt;[3]&lt;/a&gt; See, for example, ” American Society of Human Genetics statement regarding concepts of ’good genes’ and human genetics.” 2020. American Society of Human Genetics, September 24. https://www.ashg.org/publications-news/ashg-news/statement-regarding-good-genes-human-genetics/#:~:text=Genetics%20demonstrates%20that%20humans%20cannot,ancestry%20have%20no%20scientific%20evidence&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn4&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref4&quot; name=&quot;_ftn4&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn4&quot;&gt;[4]&lt;/a&gt; From roughly 1840-1945; see “Scientific racism.” &lt;em&gt;Confronting anti-Black racism resource&lt;/em&gt;, Harvard Library.  &lt;a href=&quot;https://library.harvard.edu/confronting-anti-black-racism/scientific-racism&quot;&gt;https://library.harvard.edu/confronting-anti-black-racism/scientific-racism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn5&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref5&quot; name=&quot;_ftn5&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn5&quot;&gt;[5]&lt;/a&gt; Rabin, Roni Caryn. 2022. “U.S. life expectancy falls again in ‘historic’ setback.” &lt;em&gt;The New York Times&lt;/em&gt;, August 31. https://www.nytimes.com/2022/08/31/health/life-expectancy-covid-pandemic.html&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn6&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref6&quot; name=&quot;_ftn6&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn6&quot;&gt;[6]&lt;/a&gt; Population Reference Bureau. 2021. Black women over three times more likely to die in pregnancy, postpartum than white women, new research finds. Washington, D.C.: PRB. https://www.prb.org/resources/black-women-over-three-times-more-likely-to-die-in-pregnancy-postpartum-than-white-women-new-research-finds/&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn7&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref7&quot; name=&quot;_ftn7&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn7&quot;&gt;[7]&lt;/a&gt; The authors would like to thank Dr. Tobias Hübinette, Karlstad University, Sweden for information on this.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-editor field-type-entityreference field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Editor:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;Rachel Cantave&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 30 Nov 2023 00:30:34 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Rebecca Tishler</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">2019 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Ethnicity</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/ethnicity</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/ethnicity_flavour.jpg?itok=RBR5424x&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-media-credits field-type-text-long field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;p&gt;&#039;Ethnic flavour&#039; potato chips in a supermarket in Kathmandu, Nepal. Photo: Sara Shneiderman, 2003&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/colonialism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Colonialism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/culture&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Culture&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/indigeneity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Indigeneity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/neoliberalism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Neoliberalism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/personhood&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Personhood&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/race-ethnicity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Race &amp;amp; Ethnicity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/sara-shneiderman&quot;&gt;Sara Shneiderman &lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/emily-amburgey&quot;&gt;Emily Amburgey&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;University of British Columbia&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;22&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Aug &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2022&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ethnicity is a concept that marks social belonging as much as it does difference, and that lies at the heart of political debates as well as debates across academic disciplines today. Rooted in the ancient Greek &lt;/em&gt;ethnos&lt;em&gt;, the term is popularly understood as ‘people’ or ‘nation’. It entered public discourse in the US and Europe as early as the 1940s, but only gained significant traction by the 1960s. Emerging as an important frame for anthropological research during the same time period, ethnicity was initially seen as a terminological shift away from loaded, biologically-based concepts such as ‘tribe’ and ‘race’. This made it a potentially more accurate and productive lens through which to understand sociocultural diversity. Yet ‘ethnicity’ also retained associations with primordial forms of group identification, therefore gaining a prominent place within exclusivist nationalist discourses as well as mobilisations of multiculturalism around the world.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This entry shows how understandings of ethnicity have changed over time, and that both structural and affective features continue to define what ethnicity may be in any given context. It highlights the ways in which groups use and embody their ethnicity as a category of their identity, and that ethnicity overlaps with related understandings of identity such as ‘Indigeneity’, ‘nationality’, and ‘tribe’. Recent scholarship has criticised associations between being ‘ethnic’ and being a ‘minority’ to explore the political consequences of ethnic labels, which can serve as tools of both social change and discrimination. The anthropological study of ethnicity shows that ethnic labels are constructed, used, and understood differently by communities, political actors (both state and non-state), and scholars. It also shows that shifting claims over ethnic categories connect to broader debates surrounding authenticity, recognition, and social belonging. Lastly, this entry illustrates that anthropological scholarship has evolved alongside such political claims, and needs to account for their dynamic and often paradoxical outcomes.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ethnicity is one domain of identity: an affective and structural &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;production&lt;/a&gt; of social belonging. The concept of ethnicity has two closely related primary meanings. The first is often used at the subjective, individual level to define identity: ‘my ethnicity is …’ This usage denotes the inherent connection between the individual and a larger group based upon a mutual recognition of shared origins and descent, as well as shared cultural practices and political projects of community building. In this sense, ethnicity is often understood as a contemporary successor of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; term ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16tribe&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tribe&lt;/a&gt;’, as it refers to ostensibly singular collectivities produced through shared beliefs and practices. The second meaning is an analytical one which defines ethnicity as a social and political structure, a relational system produced through interaction &lt;em&gt;between&lt;/em&gt; groups within local, national, transnational, or other overarching frameworks for identification. In this sense, ethnicity departs from ‘tribe’ by situating groups in relation to each other. Both meanings of ethnicity refer to the production of identity as a mutually entangled process of meaning-making, which fuses individual and collective elements of belonging.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ethnicity can be both a tool of social transformation and a weapon of discrimination, depending upon context. Anthropologists have long criticised interpretations of the term that take group characteristics as inherent and objectively real (often referred to as ‘primordialist’ or ‘essentialist’). Based on empirical studies of group formation, anthropologists instead foreground ethnicity’s constructed nature. Nonetheless, ethnicity has remained a perhaps ever more meaningful category for political representation and practice in the public domain, particularly for marginalised communities around the world. It therefore also remains a key area of study across the social sciences, despite well-known academic critiques. A schematic periodisation of anthropological practice over time reveals how the discipline has shifted from attempting to empirically describe discrete ethnicities (1940s-1960s), to exploring the boundaries between them (1960s-1980s), to deconstructing the concept of ethnicity itself (1990s-2000s), to examining the pragmatic and affective work it does in the real world of politics and cultural practice (2010s-onwards).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This entry begins with a selective chronological overview of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historical&lt;/a&gt; usage of the term within &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnography&lt;/a&gt; and theory, to demonstrate how the concept has often been linked to marginalised populations in the context of modern nation-state development. It then segues to a regionally focused exploration of how ethnicity has been wielded differently in various global contexts, as a catalyst of social, political, and economic change. Bridging historical context, key theoretical shifts, and ethnographic studies, this entry draws connections between ‘ethnicity’ and terms such as ‘tribe’, ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;’, ‘Indigeneity’, ‘multiculturalism’, and ‘nationalism’. It thereby considers how ethnicity as a conceptual, affective, and political category manifests regionally with distinct connections to other elements of social and political identities.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lineages of thought&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Etymologically, the term ‘ethnicity’ is rooted in the ancient Greek &lt;em&gt;ethnos&lt;/em&gt;, which implied a collective of humans and is most often understood as ‘people’ or ‘nation’. Early interpretations in the social sciences often begin with Max Weber’s &lt;em&gt;Economy and Society&lt;/em&gt;, published in 1922. Weber acknowledges that ethnicity acts as a facilitator of group formation in political terms that crystallises around a shared acceptance of common descent. Yet Weber does not emphasise the multivocal and dynamic nature of ethnic identity formation. Later interpretations of Weber’s analysis stress that ethnic membership is not some form of passive collectiveness but is rather constructed actively through political action (Jenkins 2008).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Weber further posits that ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;’ works in a similar way to ethnicity in that both members and nonmembers of ‘ethnic’ or ‘racial’ groups must recognise their shared distinctiveness and align with others who share a perceptible common trait or phenotype. It is apparent here that the terms ‘race’ and ‘ethnicity’ are historically intertwined, and ‘are not precise analytical concepts; they are vague vernacular terms whose meaning varies considerably over place and time’ (Weber [1922] 1978 as quoted in Brubaker 2009, 27). In the original German, Weber used the term ‘ethnic group’ (&lt;em&gt;ethnische Gruppen&lt;/em&gt;), and although the term ‘ethnicity’ appears in English translations, he does not appear to use the German word &lt;em&gt;Ethnizität&lt;/em&gt; in the original.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Perhaps the earliest English use of ‘ethnicity’ as an abstract noun is in Lloyd Warner and Paul Lunt’s 1941 study of Yankee City in the United States, &lt;em&gt;The social life of a modern community&lt;/em&gt;. Stating that, ‘In this volume a great emphasis is placed on descent as a criterion of ethnicity’ (Warner and Lunt 1941, 237), these authors use the term in the group-specific sense to set immigrant groups such as ‘Irish’ and ‘Italian’ apart from ‘natives’ of the New England city. A slightly earlier use of ‘ethnic group’ appears in Julian Huxley and A.C. Haddon’s 1935 &lt;em&gt;We Europeans: A survey of ‘racial’ problems&lt;/em&gt;. These authors critique the mistranslation of Herodotus’ &lt;em&gt;ethnos&lt;/em&gt; as ‘race’ in English, and explain that in their analysis, ‘the word &lt;em&gt;race&lt;/em&gt; will be deliberately avoided, and the term &lt;em&gt;(ethnic) group&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;people&lt;/em&gt; employed for all general purposes’ (Huxley and Haddon 1935, 108). These early references demonstrate that the term gained traction in both American and British scholarship around the same time, when embedded assumptions of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; anthropology began to give way to greater introspection about systems of classification often taken for granted at home. Such introspection came with a recognition of the need for new terminologies that could decouple discussions of human difference and social inequality from the Darwinian hierarchies embedded in biologically-based understandings of ‘race’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In another North American context, anthropologist Franz Boas critiqued the concept of ‘race’ by debunking anthropometry, that is, the measurement of people’s bodies as an indicator for socio-cultural similarity and difference. While he did not explicitly offer ‘ethnicity’ as an alternative, subsequent commentators have linked his public arguments against essentialist visions of race and their resulting eugenicist policies with this concept (Hyatt 1990, Williams 1996). Recently, Boas’ engagement with Indigenous communities of the Northwest Coast has been reinterpreted by Indigenous scholars as work that at once ‘produced significant, albeit gradual, transformations of racial ideology, but … also perpetuated aspects of colonial modernity’ (Blackhawk and Wilner 2018, xvi). At Boas’ time, native North American communities were not identified as ‘ethnic’ in the same way as the immigrant groups of which Warner and Lunt wrote; it would only be later that ‘ethnicity’ would come to be understood as the overarching relational system for organising difference between groups within the unit of the nation-state. Even so, many contemporary theorists argue that, ‘Indigeneity is distinct from ethnicity, defined by unique representational needs that stem from Indigenous peoples’ relation to the colonial nation-state project’ (Williams and Schertzer 2019, 679). From this brief review, we can understand ethnicity as an inherently relational concept, which remains co-defined by adjacent concepts including &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16tribe&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tribe&lt;/a&gt;, race, and Indigeneity.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Particularly in the years following the Cold War, as notions of ‘race’ had come under heavy &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; and political criticism, ethnicity proliferated as an alternative concept useful to projects of development and social change. For example, it lent itself to proprietary claims by governing bodies over culture, territory, and political recognition (Warren and Kleisath 2019). However, it was not until the 1960s that ethnicity really came into widespread use within and outside the academy, beginning in the United States. As Eric Wolf (1994) notes, the use of ethnicity in American anthropology was part of a larger disciplinary shift from ‘race’ to ‘culture’ to ‘ethnicity’ that was reflective of world politics and public opinion at a time when the post-World War II process of decolonisation and creation of ‘democratic’ institutions were vying to solve the problems of the ‘underdeveloped areas’ of the world (Escobar 1995). At the same time, the rise of ethnicity paralleled the Civil Rights movement within the US itself, which brought into focus the social injustices linked to racial difference at home. Ethnicity was propelled into the limelight as a possible means of recognising difference in a positive sense, without thereby reifying it as an essential trait of certain groups. New disciplinary spaces such as Cultural Studies and Ethnic Studies emerged in tandem with these social movements in both the UK and the US, creating possibilities to reclaim ethnicity as a positive source of belonging and self-understanding (see, for instance, Hall [1988] 2021).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By the 1990s, these celebratory views of ethnicity as a marker of diversity and inclusion gave way to critiques from Marxist and post-structural thinkers, who highlighted its constructed nature and associations with exclusivist political movements (Banks 1996). The vast array of scholarly literature on this topic is by no means obsolete, and its significance in and beyond the academy lives on, as new waves of scholarship identify ethnicity as a critical contemporary vector in political projects, as well as projects of commodification, and affective self-production (Meiu et al&lt;em&gt;.&lt;/em&gt; 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ethnic as ‘other’&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropology’s nineteenth century ties to imperialism meant that its knowledge about human difference was in large part conceived of as a tool of British and other &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; administration (see Asad 1973). Towards such ends, through projects of enumeration like the census (Cohn 1987), ethnicity was typically associated with discrete, singular, and essentialised categories of social identity that were perceived as biologically determined. In other words, people were understood to have essential, inborn, embodied characteristics that marked them as a member of one group or another. Early scholars in the field such as Lewis Henry Morgan, Herbert Spencer, and Edward B. Tylor were writing at a time when Darwin’s theories of evolution laid much of the groundwork for social inquiry. Their ‘social evolutionism’ divided people into groups and placed them along hierarchies of evolutionary progress. Foundational work among anthropologists of this time period heralded the disciplinary trend of studying seemingly less advanced ‘others’, and it is from this notion of essential difference between the researcher and subject that the designation of ethnic identities became misleadingly associated with ‘minority’ or ‘marginalised’ groups. ‘Ethnic minorities’ are thus often those distinct from, and therefore available to, the anthropologist as subjects of study or the administrator as a representative of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17bureaucracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;bureaucratic&lt;/a&gt; universalism.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Referring to a population as ‘ethnic’ still connotes a sense of marked minoritisation in relational difference to whatever the unmarked dominant community is in a given nation-state context, such as ‘whiteness’ in the United States (Jackson and Thomas 2009), or ‘Han-ness’ in China (Mullaney et al&lt;em&gt;.&lt;/em&gt; 2012). Yet the anthropological trend of studying ethnic ‘others’ has significantly diminished over the past decades, as much anthropological research has turned to focus on dominant institutional and political networks, often ‘at home’ (Ho 2009; Nader 2011). This disciplinary shift has made studies of particular ethnic groups fall out of favour to a significant extent. Paradoxically, as the rise of identity politics around the world paved the way for a disruptive politics that frames dominant groups as ‘others’ (Adhikari &amp;amp; Gellner 2016; Kaufmann 2004), anthropologists have often sought to disassociate themselves from such movements (Eriksen 1993). Recognising the often highly politicised material consequences of ethnic claims for representation may disrupt dominant scholarly and political discourses that frame ethnicity as an ephemeral, entirely discursive construct. Importantly, identity-based arguments can emerge from both left and right ideological positions. For instance, they define both the Black Lives Matter, and the ‘Make America Great Again’ movements in the US. The power of ethnicity as a category of both self-consciousness and political mobilisation may therefore be equally important for dominant and minority groups (Taylor 1994; Comaroff and Comaroff 2009; Shneiderman 2020). Such a perspective moves away from demonising ‘ethnicity’ as a necessarily negative political force, and instead seeks to understand its actual operations across fields of power.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ethnicity as a relational field&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As early as 1940, E.E. Evans-Pritchard (1940) had proposed the concepts of fission and fusion to describe the ongoing processes of separation and integration between sub-groups amongst the Nuer of Sudan. These ideas were part of a broader school of thought known as ‘structural-functionalism’, which interpreted the structures of social life as determined by their functional contributions to community livelihood and subsistence capacities. Despite its many shortcomings, such thinking productively identified that patterns of group identification were inherently dynamic. It helped recognise that individuals’ clan membership might differ from one week to the next and that it was not essentially implanted in their bodies in any fixed manner.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Building upon such work, anthropologist Edmund Leach (1964) further identified ethnicity as a fluid vector of power across multiple social domains when he studied socio-cultural group formation and group variance over time. Perhaps the first to define ethnicity as a process rather than a structure, Leach observed the constant state of flux in ethnic belonging between the Kachin and Shan groups of northeast Burma which he had studied in the 1950s and 60s. Individuals and sub-groups would regularly shift their membership between these two seemingly separate categories as external political and environmental disruptions intersected with internal structures of association.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It was the influential work of Fredrik Barth, particularly the introduction to the edited volume &lt;em&gt;Ethnic groups and boundaries&lt;/em&gt; (1969), which popularised the notion that ethnicity must be understood as a system of relationships between groups, through a focus on the ever-shifting boundaries between them. Until this time, scholars still largely attributed specific ethnic characteristics as essential to non-Western populations, conceptualising ethnic groups as singular, bounded units. Barth critiqued this vision of a ‘world of separate peoples’ operating in ‘relative isolation’ (Barth 1969, 11), setting off a new wave of ethnic studies that diverged from evolutionary and structural-functionalist understandings of social groups as complete and internally consistent. Barth instead sought to frame ethnicity as a dynamic and processual set of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; &lt;em&gt;between&lt;/em&gt; groups, urging scholars to think about how groups established boundaries between themselves and their neighbours, rather than on the shared ‘cultural stuff’ found within those ever fluid boundaries.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Following Barth’s now seminal essay, scholars have since critiqued even Barth’s approach for being too rigid, arguing that his use of the term ‘boundary’ invokes too much of a sense of exclusive group reification (see Cohen 1978). Yet Barth’s work continues to be one of the most cited in anthropological studies of ethnicity today. Most importantly, it signaled a momentous shift in the way anthropologists understood social organisation, moving towards a model of cyclical change where ethnic boundaries are constantly produced through real time encounters between individuals in practice (see also Vincent 1974; Bentley 1983). This type of fluidity is again present in the work of Abner Cohen (1974) who broke new ground by situating analyses of ethnicity comparatively across the US, Britain, Israel, and several African contexts, offering a pitched counterpoint to the received understanding that anthropologists could only study such phenomena amidst ‘others’ in faraway locations. Cohen, like Barth, moved away from the notion of ethnicity as an essential characteristic, focusing instead on practice in real time to postulate that an ethnic group is ‘a collectivity of people who share some patterns of normative behavior’ (Cohen 1974, ix), and he emphasised the power of politics and economic resource competition as drivers of social relationships.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cohen’s work and other Marxian analyses of ethnicity have been critiqued for overemphasising resource competition and failing to adequately account for culture. Arguably, they do not sufficiently ‘consider the processes, formal and informal, that link the distribution of tasks in this system to embodiments and patterns of cultural enactment’ (Williams 1989, 409). The reference to ‘cultural embodiment’—in other words, the notion that cultural differences shape behaviour at the individual level of the body in a material, physical sense—stands out. It marks the important point of tension between earlier modes of studying ethnicity that tended to view ethnic differences as essential and isomorphic with &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt; and territory, to more contemporary debates in the field that take seriously the socio-political processes that produce both self-selected and externally asserted ethnic labels. In making these arguments, Williams also establishes the need to analyse ethnicity across the multiple registers on which it plays out simultaneously: scholarly, political, and lay (1989).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Deconstructing ethnicity: against groupist ontologies&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At the end the of the twentieth century, anthropologists and other social scientists began reconsidering the uncritical use of culture as a concept. Often associated with the seminal book &lt;em&gt;Writing culture&lt;/em&gt; (Clifford and Marcus 1986), these critiques drew upon the work of poststructuralist, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;postcolonialist&lt;/a&gt;, and deconstructionist thinkers such as Michel Foucault, Jacques Derrida, Pierre Bourdieu, and Edward Said to criticise the knowledge claims of anthropologists in general, and their understanding of ‘culture’ in particular. They argued that many social groups deemed to exist in the sense of fixed or ‘reified’ categories were actually in flux, and far less clear cut than previously assumed. Ethnicity concomitantly began to be viewed as an outmoded reference to a ‘groupist social ontology’ (Brubaker 2009) grounded in the primary inclination to think of the social world with reference to people’s unchanging substances (Bourdieu and Wacquant 1992, 228). People’s identity and culture was beginning to be understood as much more fluid than previously models allowed for.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example, Arjun Guneratne describes how members of the Tharu community in Nepal created reified, or objectified versions of their own elders’ rituals to transform culture into performance, creating, ‘a tale that Tharus tell themselves about themselves’ (Guneratne 1998, 760). Along these lines, a wave of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographies&lt;/a&gt; sought to deconstruct the ethnic claims of their subjects (see for instance Fisher 2001; Guneratne 2002). Thereby, they contributed to the parallel rapprochement between &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt; and anthropology, which focused on the all-too-frequent ‘invention of tradition’ (Hobsbawm and Ranger 1983). This is the notion that cultural symbols and practices that are held to be ‘traditional’ and therefore in need of preservation are often relatively new inventions that serve a contemporary sociopolitical purpose. This was the case in many nationalist performance traditions such as those mobilised by the Nazis to authorise the idea of a historically continuous Aryan &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;, for example. Paradoxically, as the use of the term ‘ethnicity’ was beginning to lose its relevance inside the academy due to the systematic critical deconstruction of its symbolic repertoires, its importance for communities began to grow (Banks 1996).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ethnicity thus came to be seen as a profoundly political concept mobilised within the identity-based politics of difference in various national contexts where state-imposed regimes of recognition required marginalised communities to mark themselves as distinctive (Appadurai 1981; Povinelli 2002; Middleton 2015). This idea lends itself to broader debates over recognition and representation within nation-states and the processes of competition for what Jonathan Friedman (1992) refers to as ‘identity space’. In other words, the increasing hegemony of nation-states and nationalism—understood as both inherently limited and sovereign (Anderson 1991)—means that cultural difference becomes a valuable commodity that can be used to make all kinds of claims upon perceivably scarce state resources (Appadurai 1981; Todd 2011; Comaroff and Comaroff 2009). As the very principal of nationalism ‘holds that the political and the national unit should be congruent’ (Gellner 1983, 1), the moment an individual, community, or nation is perceived as threatened, boundaries of identity become increasingly important in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resisting&lt;/a&gt; the pressure exerted on them (Eriksen 1993). Several scholarly works pertaining to nationalism and ethno-nationalist conflict explore the fundamental element of recognition as a reaction to external pressure or threats. Ethnic recognition is thus political, as much as it is about belonging at an emotional and psychological level (Appadurai 1998; Eriksen 1993; Gellner et al. 1997; Horowitz 1985).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beyond theoretical debates in the academy, conflicts around the world in the second half of the twentieth century drew increased attention to violence perpetuated in the name of ethnic, racial, or national difference (Malkki 1995). This politicisation of ethnicity marked a transition from ‘the politics of the nation-state to the politics of ethnic pluralism’ (Tambiah 1996, 8), whereby socially constructed ideas of group belonging lend themselves to constructing exclusionary regimes on the basis of a shared identity. Such dynamics have unfolded in both &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democratic&lt;/a&gt; and communist state contexts, with political mobilisation on the basis of ethnicity being linked in complex ways to Marxist and Maoist projects of class-based mobilisation (see for example Ismail and Shah 2015, Shneiderman 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ethnicity as affective politics&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The beginning of the twenty-first century marked yet another significant shift in anthropological engagements with ethnicity. By then it had become generally accepted that ethnic identities were constructed through &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historical&lt;/a&gt;, political, and social processes, and were not concretely real in any essential sense. ‘Constructivism had gained the upper hand over essentialism’ (Wimmer 2013, 2), so to speak. However, attempts to address the social and political processes that maintain divisions of the social world in ethnic, racial, or national terms opened a dialogue around the ‘fluid’ nature of ethnicity (Fisher 2001; Jenkins 2002). They highlighted the need to question why and how ideologies of ethnic identification work in the real world &lt;em&gt;despite&lt;/em&gt; our critical recognition of their constructed nature. Anthropologists realised that when debates over ethnicity intersect with racial and national identities they can be a significant locus for the exercise of power and authority in spite of being constructed. Even if ethnicity is not natural or essential, it can be owned and used as an economic resource against and within &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; market forces (Comaroff and Comaroff 2009), and it can serve as a locus of power and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt; towards dominant social structures (Scott 1985; 2009).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The knowledge that ethnicity is constructed thus does not lessen its social power, nor does it lessen its intimate, emotional, and affective importance in people’s daily lives. Recent scholarship has sought to demonstrate the ways in which ethnicity may thus be simultaneously instrumentalised for external recognition &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; ‘affectively real’ (Shneiderman 2015), as both a mode of politics and a mode of consciousness. Refocusing debates ‘on the objectification of identity as a fundamental human process that persists through ritual action regardless of the contingencies of state formation or economic paradigm’ (Shneiderman 2015, 285), such scholarship seeks to bridge the bifurcated debates between politics and meaning by suggesting that ethnicity can be both at the same time (Meiu et al. 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One such example comes from an &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnography&lt;/a&gt; of the Thangmi community who live across the borders of Nepal and India (Shneiderman 2015). It shows how Thangmi enact certain cultural practices, such as wedding &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25dance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;dances&lt;/a&gt;, in different registers for different purposes. When dancing at an actual wedding in their home villages, Thangmi may be producing the content of their ethnic identity for themselves through a shared set of practices that are mutually agreed upon as particularly Thangmi by all actors involved. The act of dancing in this way is part of the process of constructing their ethnicity in an affective sense, in the group-internal context of a wedding at someone’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;home&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At the same time, those dancers, and other members of the community, may also perform stylised versions of the same dances on stage in a theatre for the express consumption of state officials with the power to recognise the community within state paradigms for ethnic categorisation. Here they are producing Thangmi ethnicity in the political sense, in the group-external context of a theatrical performance organised by state actors. While the latter is certainly constructed, in the sense that it is staged in a very intentional manner to meet certain political requirements, both versions of the dance are real and relevant to those who enact them. Both contribute to the overall ability of the Thangmi community to maintain their traditional knowledge of such cultural forms, which in turn constitute the content of their ethnic identity. The point here is that the political mobilisation of such cultural knowledge does not eclipse or erase its continued existence in community-internal forms. The constructed nature of ethnic identity can thus co-exist with its affectively real power for those who embody it (for further details, see Shneiderman 2015, Chapter 2).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The geopolitics of ethnicity&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While we have discussed that ethnicity may shift over time, we now turn our attention to understanding its variation across space by considering regional literatures that bring nuance and texture to the aforementioned general narrative of debates over ethnicity. Grounded in what Richard Fardon (1990) refers to as ‘regional ethnographic traditions’, theories of ethnicity have come to intersect with global and local politics in myriad ways. In calling attention to the disparities between essentialising theories of ethnic difference and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; studies of particular communities (Abu-Lughod 1991), some of the fundamental understandings of ethnicity are complicated by the incommensurability of partial and shifting claims to recognition in various parts of the world.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As scholars whose own research has been grounded in South Asia, we find recent ethnic debates in Nepal and India a good crucible for exploring some of these broader themes. Since the 1990 advent of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democracy&lt;/a&gt; in Nepal, long-standing internal tensions between historically marginalised ethnic groups and state forces began to be vocally expressed through a range of ethnic and political mobilisations. These were both a product and driver of the tensions between Hindu nationalist ideologies and the diverse groups of people the state of Nepal has come to govern (see Pfaff-Czarnecka et al. 1997; Onta 2006; Hangen 2010). Identity politics thus became the centerpiece of national debates through successive waves of civil conflict (1996-2006) and post-conflict state restructuring (2006-2015), as minority groups struggled to attain recognition and rights within the 2015 constitution and subsequent 2017 administrative restructuring. Beginning with the National Foundation for Development of Indigenous Nationalities Act (NFDIN) in 2002, Nepal passed a series of policy reforms aimed at addressing the limited visibility of &lt;em&gt;adivasi janajati&lt;/em&gt;, or ‘Indigenous Nationalities’ (approximately 60 are currently recognised). These policies have become closely linked to conversations around &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16rights&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;human rights&lt;/a&gt;, social inclusion, and development (Shneiderman 2013).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nepal remains only one of two Asian countries to have ratified ILO Convention 169 on the rights of Indigenous peoples (the other is the Philippines). By contrast, while India has maintained constitutional provisions for the ‘upliftment’ of groups designated as Scheduled Tribes and Scheduled Castes (ST/SC) since the 1950s, it has not recognised Indigeneity as a legal category. This has led to a different politics of ethnicity than that described in Nepal—despite the two countries’ shared borders, and linguistic and religious heritages. In India, ‘tribalness’ has become the category of aspiration to secure a better future (Kapila 2008; Moodie 2015; Middleton 2015; Phillimore 2014; Shah 2010). Using terms such as ‘backwards’ and ‘highly marginalised’, the politics of difference in various parts of South Asia can be seen as echoing early anthropological models of ethnic and racial inferiority.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;However, the current politics in both countries provide a counter-narrative to the assertion that ethnicity is something that only minoritised groups have. Instead, as Krishna Adhikari and David Gellner (2016) put it, there is a backlash from dominant communities who seek to label themselves as ‘other’ in response to the growing visibility of erstwhile ethnicised minorities, such as &lt;em&gt;adivasi janajati&lt;/em&gt; in Nepal and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18islam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Muslims&lt;/a&gt; in India. In both Nepal and India, once-marginal ethnic labels have become targets of aspiration, as communities vie for entitlements and territorial sovereignty. Showcasing their distinctiveness as tribal, ethnic, Indigenous, and religious groups, ethnicised categories become prized targets of recognition.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The rise of cultural rights activism and increasing struggle for ‘identity space’ among marginal groups has given way to a growing emphasis on &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; multiculturalism worldwide. In its simplest form, neoliberal multiculturalism enmeshes pro-market reforms with policies for cultural rights granted to disadvantaged groups. In &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21latam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Latin America&lt;/a&gt;, this regime has gained traction in the name of cultural protectionism and human rights discourse in favour of ethnic minorities. Yet contrary to these alleged goals, it can lead to contradictory and oppressive outcomes, as pro-market reforms are often detrimental to the lives of various ethnic and Indigenous groups. Charles Hale (2005) asserts that&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style=&quot;margin-left:36px;&quot;&gt;the great efficacy of neoliberal multiculturalism resides in powerful actors’ ability to restructure the arena of political contention, driving a wedge between cultural rights and the assertion of the control over resources necessary for those rights to be realized (13).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hale’s argument is echoed in Shaylih Muehlmann’s description of experiences in northwest Mexico at the end of the Colorado River, where US dam projects and the more recent creation of a protected ‘biosphere reserve’ by the Mexican federal government have denied local Cucapá Indigenous communities the right to fish, creating what a lawyer referred to as ‘cultural genocide’ on its own people (Muehlmann 2009). This conflict between the Cucapá and the state is mired in debates over Indigenous rights, cultural and ethnic difference, and state-regulated discourses of multiculturalism. Rather than allow ethnic groups to control the Colorado Delta, the state has instead used ethnic difference to deny the Cucapá access to their ancestral fishing ground (Muehlmann 2009, 469). Instrumentalising ethnic difference under the guises of global discourses such as multiculturalism and environmental &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25sustainability&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sustainability&lt;/a&gt;, the Mexican state has used the politics of ethnicity not to aid the Cucapás, as multicultural policies often insinuate, but to fuel their continued marginalisation. In other instances, claims to Indigenous status have been undermined when communities lose control over the ways they are represented to larger publics (Conklin and Graham 1995; Heatherington 2010; Tsing 2005), or communities may choose to reject legitimate claims to Indigenous status altogether (Li 2000).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Although neoliberal multiculturalism is not unique to Mexico, or Latin America for that matter, the case of the Cucapá shows how in the neoliberal era the intersections between Indigeneity, environmentalism, and state projects become contested sites of ‘authenticity’ (Handler 1986). From an anthropological perspective, ‘authenticity’ is a cultural construct linked with terms like ‘untouched’ or ‘traditional’ that is underpinned by the assumption that cultures are discrete, bounded units that do not change (Handler 1986). The use of ‘authenticity’ as a legitimising framework for evaluating traditions, ethnicity, and cultural heritage persists today. It comes to light particularily through cultural performances for public and political purposes (Comaroff and Comaroff 2009; Conklin 1997), as well as through private ceremonies and rituals (Shneiderman 2015). As a result, the concepts of performance and performativity emerge as important ways to understand how particular groups are ‘driven by their specific desires for recognition, self-determination, and cultural sovereignty’ (Graham and Penny 2014). As described above in the Thangmi example, performance as a tool to legitimise ethnic claims has emerged both as a powerful means of asserting and expressing difference, and as a way for contemporary governments and international bodies to capitalise on these designations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is the case not only in explicitly neoliberal state contexts, but even in an erstwhile communist state such as China, where ethnic classification has been constitutive of national identity since the foundation of the People’s Republic. The Ethnic Classification Project of the 1950s sought to structure the ‘number, names and composition of China’s officially recognized ethnonational groups’ (Mullaney 2010) as part of the Communist Party’s campaign to achieve ethnonational equality. Later in the 1980s and 1990s, during China’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21postsocialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;postsocialist&lt;/a&gt; reforms, the linguistic and cultural traditions of minority communities came to be appropriated by the state as desireable representations of ‘traditional culture’ (Schein 2000, 24). ‘The figure of the minority, usually feminine, came to be included in what was considered to constitute the authentically Chinese’ (Schein 2000, 24). Today, minority communities continue to renogiate their place within China’s ethnonationalist politics and assert their own cultural identity through performances including &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17tourism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tourism&lt;/a&gt; events, village rituals, or even scholarly and journalistic encounters (Chio 2014; Jinba 2013). It is in this way that concepts like ‘ethnicity’, ‘minority’, and ‘authenticity’ are interlinking components of ethnonationalist agendas, as well as contested sites of cultural &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;production&lt;/a&gt; and representation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Across the Global North and the Global South, anthropologists have explored similar themes related to the ‘articulation’ of Indigeneity and ethnic identity (Hall 1990; Li 2000), multiculturalism (Turner 1993), and the complex relationships between ‘Indigeneity’ and ‘autochthony’ (McGovern 2012; Pelican 2009). These and other related terms continue to be used by various state and nonstate actors as both platforms for social justice, and to continue the marginalisation of minority communities. Ethnicity can cut both ways.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Whether self-designated or externally imposed, ethnic classifications are regionally and historically diverse, and the entanglement of ethnicity with related terms such as ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;’, ‘Indigeneity’, ‘minority’, ‘nationalism’, and ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16tribe&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tribe&lt;/a&gt;’ have persisted since its inception within anthropological and popular discourse. A common thread is the association between ethnicity and marginalised groups. Although in some cases this power imbalance has been overturned to render minority groups visible in the global arena of cultural rights, analytical approaches to the study of ethnicity are not exempt from &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; legacies and the politics of exclusion. As Brackette Williams (1989) succinctly states,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style=&quot;margin-left:36px;&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;ethnicity &lt;/em&gt;labels the politics of cultural struggle in the nexus of territorial and cultural nationalism... as a label it may sound better than tribe, race, or barbarian, but with respect to political consequences, it still identifies those who are at the borders of the empire (439).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Finally, to assume that ethnicity as an analytical category and structure of belonging will run its course would be to ignore the realities faced by communities around the world. People will likely continue to find it useful, as they navigate &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; policies to secure access to resources in the face of rapidly &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21climatechange&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;changing climate&lt;/a&gt; conditions, make claims to territory within newly invigorated Indigenous rights frameworks, or attempt to escape the ethnic label altogether. To address ethnicity, and do justice to the highly politicised nature of this term, scholarship must carefully consider &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;histories&lt;/a&gt; of marginalisation and social inequality without imprisoning groups in an idealised image of their own past in the process (Li 2000). Ethnicity may carry numerous intimate and affective meanings for one person whilst being of no value to another, and it is through a careful consideration of the politics at stake that future anthropological scholarship can disrupt grand theories of ethnicity to reveal its multivocality and contextual specificity. In this third decade of the twenty-first century, as we see newly invigorated global protests against systemic &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racism&lt;/a&gt; collide with unequal vulnerabilities to the global &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22pandemics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;pandemic&lt;/a&gt; and the juggernaut of climate change, it seems ever more important to apply a social justice lens as we reconsider the relationships between ethnicity and its others. Whether in lay, scholarly, and political registers, and whether within or beyond the framework of the nation-state, ethnicity will likely occupy us for years to come.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Abu-Lughod, Lila. 1991. “Writing against culture.” In &lt;em&gt;Recapturing anthropology: Working in the present&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Richard Fox, 137–62. Santa Fe, NM: School of American Research.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Adhikari, Krishna &amp;amp; David Gellner. 2016. “New identity politics and the 2012 collapse of Nepal’s Constituent Assembly: When the dominant becomes ‘other.’” &lt;em&gt;Modern Asian Studies &lt;/em&gt;6: 2009–40.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anderson, Benedict. 1991. &lt;em&gt;Imagined communities: Reflections on the origin and spread of nationalism&lt;/em&gt;. Verso: New York.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Appadurai, Arjun. 1981. “The past as a scarce resource.” &lt;em&gt;Man&lt;/em&gt; (N.S.) 16: 201-19.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1998. “Dead certainty: Ethnic violence in the era of globalization.” &lt;em&gt;Public Culture &lt;/em&gt;10, no. 2: 225–47.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Asad, Talal, ed. 1973. &lt;em&gt;Anthropology and the colonial encounter&lt;/em&gt;. Ithaca, NY: Ithaca Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Banks, Marcus. 1996. &lt;em&gt;Ethnicity: Anthropological constructions&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Barth, Frederik. 1969. &lt;em&gt;Ethnic groups and boundaries&lt;/em&gt;. Boston: Little Brown and Company.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bentley, G. Carter. 1987. “Ethnicity and practice.” &lt;em&gt;Comparative Studies in Society and History&lt;/em&gt; 29, no. 1: 24–55.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Blackhawk, Ned and Isaiah Lorado Wilner. 2018. “Introduction.” In &lt;em&gt;Indigenous visions: Rediscovering the world of Franz Boas&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Ned Blackhawk and Isaiah Lorado Wilner, ix-xxii. New Haven: Yale University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bourdieu, Pierre and Loic Wacquant. 1992. &lt;em&gt;An invitation to reflexive sociology&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: Chicago University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Brubaker, Rogers. 2009. “Ethnicity, race, and nationalism.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Sociology&lt;/em&gt; 35: 21–42.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chio, Jenny. 2014. &lt;em&gt;A landscape of travel: The work of tourism in rural ethnic China&lt;/em&gt;. Seattle: University of Washington Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Clifford, James and George Marcus. 1986. &lt;em&gt;Writing culture: The poetics and politics of ethnography&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cohen, Abner. 1969. &lt;em&gt;Custom and politics in urban Africa: A study of Hausa migrants in Yoruba towns&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1974. &lt;em&gt;Urban ethnicity&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cohen, R. 1978. “Ethnicity: Problem and focus in anthropology.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;7: 379–403.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cohn, Bernard. 1987. “The census, social structure, and objectification in South Asia.” In &lt;em&gt;An anthropologist among the historians and other essays&lt;/em&gt;, 224–54. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Comaroff, John and Jean Comaroff. 2009. &lt;em&gt;Ethnicity, Inc&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Conklin, Beth. 1997. “Body paint, feathers, and VCRs: Aesthetics and authenticity in Amazonian activism.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 24, no. 4: 711–37.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Eriksen, Thomas Hylland. 1993. &lt;em&gt;Ethnicity and nationalism&lt;/em&gt;. London: Pluto Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Escobar, Arturo. 1995. &lt;em&gt;Encountering development: The making and unmaking of the Third World&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Evans-Pritchard, E. E. 1940. &lt;em&gt;The Nuer: A description of the modes of livelihood and political institutions of a Nilotic people&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fardon, Richard. 1990. &lt;em&gt;Localizing strategies: Regional traditions of ethnographic writing&lt;/em&gt;. Edinburgh: Scottish Academic Press and Smithsonian Institution Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fisher, William. 2001. &lt;em&gt;Fluid boundaries: Forming and transforming identity in Nepal.&lt;/em&gt; New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Friedman, Jonathan. 1992. “Myth, history, and political identity.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 7, no. 2: 194-210.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gellner, Ernest. 1983. &lt;em&gt;Nations and nationalism&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: Blackwell.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gellner, David, Joanna Pfaff-Czarnecka, and John Whelpton, eds. 1997. &lt;em&gt;Nationalism and ethnicity in a Hindu kingdom: The politics of culture in contemporary Nepal.&lt;/em&gt; Harwood: Amsterdam.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Guneratne, Arjun. 2002. &lt;em&gt;Many tongues, one people&lt;/em&gt;. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hale, Charles. 2005. “Neoliberal multiculturalism: The remaking of cultural rights and racial dominance in Central America.” &lt;em&gt;Political and Legal Anthropology Review &lt;/em&gt;28, no. 1: 10–28.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Handler, Richard. 1986. “Authenticity.” &lt;em&gt;Anthropology Today&lt;/em&gt; 2, no. 1: 2-4.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hall, Stuart. (1988) 2021. “New ethnicities [1988].” &lt;em&gt;Selected writings on race and difference&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Paul Gilroy and Ruth Wilson Gilmore, 246–56. New York: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1990. “Cultural identity and diaspora.” In &lt;em&gt;Identity: Community, culture, difference&lt;/em&gt;, edited by J. Rutherford, 222–37. London: Lawrence and Wishart.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hangen, Susan. 2010. &lt;em&gt;The rise of ethnic politics in Nepal. &lt;/em&gt;London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ho, Karen Zouwen. 2009. “Introduction: An anthropologist goes to Wall St.” In &lt;em&gt;Liquidated: An ethnography of Wall Street&lt;/em&gt;, 1-38. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hobsbawm, Eric and Terence Ranger, eds. 1983. &lt;em&gt;The invention of tradition&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Horowitz, Donald L. 1985. &lt;em&gt;Ethnic groups in conflict&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hutchinson, Sharon and Naomi Pendle. 2015. “Violence, legitimacy, and prophecy: Nuer struggles with uncertainty in South Sudan.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 42: 415–30.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jackson Jr., John L. and Deborah Thomas. 2009. “The issue of whiteness.” &lt;em&gt;Transforming Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 17: 1.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Huxley, Julian and A.C. Haddon. 1935. &lt;em&gt;We Europeans: A survey of ‘racial’ problems&lt;/em&gt;. London: Jonathan Cape.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hyatt, Marshall. 1990. &lt;em&gt;Franz Boas, social activist&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;The dynamics of ethnicity&lt;/em&gt;. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ismail, Feyzi and Alpa Shah. 2015. “Class struggle, the Maoists and the indigenous question in Nepal and India.” &lt;em&gt;Economic and Political Weekly&lt;/em&gt; 50, no. 35: 112–23.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jenkins, Richard. 2002. “Imagined but not imaginary: Ethnicity and nationalism in the modern world.” In &lt;em&gt;Exotic no more: Anthropology on the front lines, &lt;/em&gt;edited by Jeremy MacClancy, 114–28. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Rethinking ethnicity&lt;/em&gt;. London: SAGE Publications.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jinba, Tenzin. 2013. &lt;em&gt;In the land of the Eastern Queendom: The politics of gender and ethnicity on the Sino-Tibetan border&lt;/em&gt;. Seattle: University of Washington Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kapila, Kriti. 2008. “The measure of a tribe: The cultural politics of constitutional reclassification in North India.” &lt;em&gt;The Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; 14, no. 1: 117–34.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kaufmann, Eric. 2004. &lt;em&gt;Rethinking ethnicity: Majority groups and dominant minorities&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Leach, Edmund. 1964. &lt;em&gt;Political systems of Highland Burma: A study of Kachin social structure&lt;/em&gt;. London: The Athlone Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Li, Tania. 2000. “Articulating indigenous identity in Indonesia: Resource politics and the tribal slot.” &lt;em&gt;Comparative Studies in Society and History&lt;/em&gt;, 42: 149–79.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Malkki, Liisa. 1995. &lt;em&gt;Purity and exile: Violence, memory and national cosmology among Hutu refugees in Tanzania&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;McGovern, Mike. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Unmasking the state: Making Guinea modern&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Meiu, George Paul, Jean Comaroff, and John L. Comaroff, eds. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Ethnicity, commodity, in/corporation&lt;/em&gt;. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Middleton, Townsend. 2015. &lt;em&gt;The demands of recognition: State anthropology and ethnopolitics in Darjeeling&lt;/em&gt;. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Moodie, Megan. 2015. &lt;em&gt;We were Adivasis: Aspiration in an Indian schedule tribe&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Muehlmann, Shaylih. 2009. “How do real Indians fish? Neoliberal multiculturalism and contested indigeneities in the Colorado Delta.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist&lt;/em&gt; 111, no. 4: 468–79.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mullaney, Thomas, James Patrick Leibold, Stéphane Gros, Eric Arman Vanden Bussche, eds. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Critical Han studies: The history, representation, and identity of China’s majority&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nader, Laura 2011. “Ethnography as theory.” &lt;em&gt;HAU: Journal of Ethnographic Theory&lt;/em&gt; 1, no. 1: 211–9.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Onta, Pratyoush. 2006. “The growth of the &lt;em&gt;Adivasi Janajati&lt;/em&gt; movement in Nepal after 1990.” &lt;em&gt;Studies in Nepali History and Society&lt;/em&gt; 11, no. 2: 303–54.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pelican, Michaela. 2009. “Complexities of indigeneity and autochthony: An African example.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 36, no. 1: 52–65.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Phillimore, Peter. 2014. “‘That used to be a famous village’: Shedding the past in rural north India.” &lt;em&gt;Modern Asian Studies&lt;/em&gt; 48, no. 1: 159–87.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Povinelli, Elizabeth. 2002. &lt;em&gt;The cunning of recognition&lt;/em&gt;. Durham: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Robinne, Francoise and Mandy Sadan, eds&lt;em&gt;.&lt;/em&gt; 2007. &lt;em&gt;Social dynamics in the Highlands of Southeast Asia: Reconsidering &lt;/em&gt;Political systems of Highland Burma&lt;em&gt; by E.R. Leach.&lt;/em&gt; Leiden: Brill.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scott, James. 1985. &lt;em&gt;Weapons of the weak: Everyday forms of peasant resistance&lt;/em&gt;. New Haven: Yale University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2009. &lt;em&gt;The art of not being governed&lt;/em&gt;. New Haven: Yale University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Shah, Alpa. 2010. &lt;em&gt;In the shadows of the state&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Shneiderman, Sara. 2013. “Developing a culture of marginality.” &lt;em&gt;Focaal &lt;/em&gt;65, 42–55.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2015. “Reframing ethnicity: Academic tropes, recognition beyond politics, and ritualized action between Nepal and India.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist&lt;/em&gt; 116, no. 2: 279–95.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2020. “The affective potentialities and politics of &lt;em&gt;Ethnicity, Inc&lt;/em&gt;. in restructuring Nepal: Social science, sovereignty, and signification.” In &lt;em&gt;Ethnicity, commodity, in/corporation&lt;/em&gt;, edited by George Paul Meiu, Jean Comaroff, and John L. Comaroff, 195–223. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tambiah, Stanley. 1996. &lt;em&gt;Leveling crowds: Ethnonationalist conflicts and collective violence in South Asia.&lt;/em&gt; Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Taylor, Charles. 1994. &lt;em&gt;Multiculturalism&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Todd, Lindi. 2011. “The nation as a scare resource: reading a contested site of sacrifice in post-apartheid South Africa.” &lt;em&gt;The Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; 17: S113–S129.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tsing, Anna. 2000. “The global situation.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 15, no. 3: 327–60.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Turner, Terence. 1993. “Anthropology and multiculturalism: What is anthropology that multiculturalists should be mindful of it?” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;8, no. 4: 411–29.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Vincent, Joan. 1974. “The structuring of ethnicity.” &lt;em&gt;Human Organization&lt;/em&gt; 33, no. 4: 375&lt;strong&gt;–&lt;/strong&gt;9.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Warner, William Lloyd and Paul Sanborn Lunt. 1941. &lt;em&gt;The social life of a modern community.&lt;/em&gt; New Haven: Yale University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Warren, Jonathan and Michelle Kleisath. 2019. “The roots of US anthropology’s race problem: Whiteness, ethnicity, and ethnography.” &lt;em&gt;Equity &amp;amp; Excellence in Education&lt;/em&gt; 52, no. 1: 55&lt;strong&gt;–&lt;/strong&gt;67.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Weber, Max. 1922. &lt;em&gt;Economy and society&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Williams, Brackette. 1989. “A class act: Anthropology and the race to nation across ethnic terrain.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropolog &lt;/em&gt;18: 401–44.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Williams, Meaghan and Robert Schertzer. 2019. “Is Indigeneity like ethnicity? Theorizing and assessing models of Indigenous political representation.” &lt;em&gt;Canadian Journal of Political Science&lt;/em&gt; 52: 677&lt;strong&gt;–&lt;/strong&gt;96.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Williams, Vaughn Jr. 1996. &lt;em&gt;Rethinking race: Franz Boas and his contemporaries&lt;/em&gt;. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wimmer, Andreas. 2013. &lt;em&gt;Ethnic boundary making: Institutions, power, networks&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wolf, E. R. 1994. “Perilous ideas: Race, culture, people.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 5: 1–12.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notes on contributors&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sara Shneiderman is Associate Professor in the Department of Anthropology and School of Public Policy &amp;amp; Global Affairs at the University of British Columbia in Vancouver, Canada. She is the author of &lt;em&gt;Rituals of ethnicity: Thangmi identities between Nepal and India&lt;/em&gt; (University of Pennsylvania Press, 2015). &lt;a href=&quot;mailto:sara.shneiderman@ubc.ca&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;sara.shneiderman@ubc.ca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Emily Amburgey is a doctoral candidate in the Department of Anthropology at University of British Columbia, Canada. She is a socio-cultural anthropologist and visual ethnographer. Her work explores the impacts of climate change and labour migration in high altitude regions of Nepal’s Himalaya. &lt;a href=&quot;mailto:emily.amburgey@ubc.ca&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;emily.amburgey@ubc.ca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Mon, 22 Aug 2022 15:52:22 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Rebecca Tishler</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">1985 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Latin America</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/latin-america</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/gloriosa_victoria_cropped.jpeg?itok=UKXeka0O&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/class&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Class&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/colonialism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Colonialism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/indigeneity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Indigeneity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/nationalism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Nationalism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/ontology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Ontology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/race-ethnicity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Race &amp;amp; Ethnicity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-6&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/state&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;State&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/john-gledhill&quot;&gt;John Gledhill&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;The University of Manchester&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;4&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Jan &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2021&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21latam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/21latam&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;‘Latin’ America is a region constructed in a context of imperial rivalries and disputes about how to build ‘modern’ nations that made it an ‘other America’ distinct from ‘Anglo’ America. Bringing together people without previous historical contact, the diversity of its societies and cultures was increased by the transatlantic slave trade and later global immigration. Building on the constructive relationship that characterises the ties between socio-cultural anthropology and history in the region today, this entry discusses differences in colonial relations and cultural interaction between European, indigenous, and Afro-Latin American people in different countries and the role of anthropologists in nation-building projects that aimed to construct national identities around ‘mixing’&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;It&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;shows how anthropologists came to emphasise the active role of subordinated social groups in making Latin America’s ‘new peoples’. Widespread agrarian conflicts and land reforms produced debates about the future of peasant farmers, but new forms of capitalist development, growing urbanisation, and counter-insurgency wars led to an era in which indigenous identities were reasserted and states shifted towards a multicultural politics that also fostered Afro-Latin American movements. Anthropology has enhanced understanding of the diversity, complexity, and contradictions of these processes. Latin American cities are characterised by stark social inequalities, but anthropologists critiqued the stigmatisation of the urban poor as ‘marginals’ and used their ethnographies to produce novel insights into the nature and determinants of urban violence and the role of criminal organisations. Other areas in which Latin American anthropology has been innovative are analyses of transnational relations and new social movements, including women’s movements and feminism, although issues of gender, religious transformations, and cultural mixing run through this entry’s entire discussion, which concludes with Latin American debates about the decolonisation of anthropology itself.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction: Building nations in the shadow of empire&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Latin America is a vast and socially and ecologically heterogeneous region. Brazil, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonised&lt;/a&gt; by the Portuguese, is more extensive than the whole of Europe (excluding Russia). Most other countries in the region were colonised by Spain, but the French colonies of South America and the Caribbean are generally also included when identifying the region. Emerging in the wake of the nineteenth century division of the Americas into independent nation states, ‘Latin’ America was defined in opposition to an ‘Anglo’ America established through British colonisation. The division was not simply a matter of whether English or a Romance language became the principal language of government, but rather was a consequence of competing imperial ambitions. In the 1860s, the United States of America supported the Mexican republican forces that ended the reign of Maximilian Habsburg, installed as ‘Emperor of Mexico’ by a French military invasion backed by Britain and Spain. Yet Mexico had already lost almost half of the national territory that it inherited from the colonial Viceroyalty of New Spain to its northern neighbour, whose opposition to European imperialism reflected ambitions to make the Americas an exclusively US sphere of influence.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For some elites in the Latin American republics, the United States represented a model to emulate, yet those who looked there or to Europe for models of ‘progress’ often saw the nature of the peoples that they governed as a barrier to achieving it. Most ‘Latin’ Americans were the product of biological and cultural mixing of Europeans with the original indigenous population and African slaves. Whether their concern was with the continuing existence of culturally distinct indigenous communities considered ‘backward’ or rebellious, or prompted by ‘scientific racist’ theories that the mixing of ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;races&lt;/a&gt;’ deemed unequal in their capacities produced ‘degeneration’, many who saw themselves as descendants of Europeans born in the Americas (&lt;em&gt;criollos&lt;/em&gt;) aspired to ‘whiten’ their nations through new immigration from Europe.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By the end of the nineteenth century, however, new nationalist visions were taking a more positive view of the ‘mixed’ character of Latin American peoples. Cuban &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19rev&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;revolutionary&lt;/a&gt; nationalist José Martí met the issue of growing US domination head on. Insisting that, in contrast to the segregated United States, there could be no &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racism&lt;/a&gt; in Latin America’s future ‘because there are no races’, Martí argued that Latin Americans should develop institutions adapted to the ‘nature’ of their own peoples rather than imitate a threatening northern neighbour ‘who does not know us’ (Martí 1891). Yet more positive views of the capabilities of the ‘mixed’ peoples did not necessarily entail rejecting the United States and Europe as models for ‘progress’. Peruvian socialist José Carlos Mariategui argued that revolutionary politics in his country could not be based on Western models because the role of indigenous Peruvians would be crucial. Yet he also wrote in 1928 that ‘the only salvation for Indo-America lies in European and Western science and thought’ (Mariategui 1971). Positive evaluation of the capabilities of people of mixed European and indigenous ancestry did not eliminate the idea that Latin American countries needed to address an ‘Indian problem’. Mexican philosopher José Vasconcelos (1948) turned scientific racism on its head by portraying the country’s &lt;em&gt;mestizos&lt;/em&gt; as a ‘cosmic race’, a ‘fifth’ race that brought all previously existing races together in a fusion that provided the region with the ability to develop a ‘universal’ civilisation free of racial oppression. Yet when Manuel Gamio, who was both an archaeologist and socio-cultural anthropologist, asked Vasconcelos, as a government minister, for resources for his research on living indigenous people as well as the archaeological heritage of pre-Hispanic Mexico, Vasconcelos refused, saying that it would be better to imitate the &lt;em&gt;gringo&lt;/em&gt; solution to the ‘Indian problem’: ‘the rifle’ (Vértiz de la Fuente 2019: 62). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;‘Whitening’ policies were sometimes pursued with genocidal force, exemplified by the Argentinian military conquest of the territories still controlled by indigenous people in the Patagonian Desert to make way for white settlers at the end of the 1870s. The promotion of new immigration from Europe brought migrants from Germany and Eastern Europe as well as ‘Latin’ Italy, Portugal, and Spain. Yet new immigration was not restricted to ‘white’ Europeans. The region’s population includes significant numbers of people with Middle Eastern and East Asian ancestry. Connections across the Pacific as well as Atlantic oceans remain relevant to Latin America’s geopolitical and economic options for the future. Yet Sidney Mintz (1974) distinguished the plantation societies of the Caribbean islands from mainland Latin America because their indigenous populations were replaced by culturally, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnically&lt;/a&gt;, and racially heterogeneous &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;workers&lt;/a&gt; drawn from Africa, Asia, and Europe, producing ‘new peoples’ made up of ‘strangers’ bound together only by European domination. White elites used other ethnics or mixed-race people as middle-ranking ‘buffer classes’ to strengthen their control over black labouring classes (Allen 2014).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The study of Anglo and Latin America cannot be entirely separated (Shukla &amp;amp; Tinsman 2007; Fine-Dare &amp;amp; Rubenstein 2009). The transatlantic &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; created by European expansion and reproduced through slavery and commerce shaped both. New migration from the south has contributed to making people who self-identify as ‘Hispanics’ or ‘Latinos’ the largest ethnic minority identified by the US census, at over eighteen percent of the population. Exploring similarities and differences in systems of ethno-racial stratification in the US and Latin America is long established. Points of similarity today include the militarised policing of poor people of colour (Graham 2011), ethno-racial social inequalities increased by deindustrialisation and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; models of urban development (Smith 2002), and what Paul Farmer (2004) termed the ‘structural violence’ underlying the health inequalities so starkly underscored by the Covid-19 &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22pandemics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;pandemic&lt;/a&gt;. Narco-violence in Mexico, Central America, and Colombia is clearly related to the demand for drugs within the United States. Endemic political corruption, authoritarianism, and violence sometimes foster a view of Latin America as a region of ‘deficits’ relative to the liberal capitalist societies of the North Atlantic. Yet although this does not absolve Latin American elites of their own share of responsibility, authoritarianism, civil conflict, paramilitary violence, and gang violence in Central America, are directly related to US meddling in the region, which replaced &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democracy&lt;/a&gt; with military dictatorship and counter-insurgency war during the Cold War and continues to undermine left-leaning governments today.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From its beginnings as an academic discipline in the twentieth century, Latin American anthropology has addressed social and political problems. Many anthropologists who were Latin American &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizens&lt;/a&gt; played important institutional, public intellectual, and political roles in nation-building projects. Later generations have engaged with the demands of social movements as well as state policies. Studying issues that directly affect one’s own life and those of one’s fellow citizens does produce differences of perspective between ‘native’ and foreign anthropologists. Nevertheless, differences of class, gender, and ethnicity complicate anthropological work irrespective of nationality. George Stocking’s (1982) distinction between ‘Euro-American’ and ‘native’ anthropologies as a distinction between anthropologies dedicated to the construction of empires versus anthropologies dedicated to the construction of nations may have been too simple (Archetti 2006). Yet, the tensions between anthropology with a global comparative orientation and nation-centric institutional missions prompted anthropologists such as Myriam Jimeno (2007) in Colombia and Otávio Velho (2003) in Brazil to argue that rethinking of theory and practice by ‘native’ scholars was in fact necessary.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Although Latin American anthropology has addressed social injustice, oppression, violence, and conflict, it is also about intense cultural creativity, in religion and ritual, popular culture, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22art&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;art&lt;/a&gt;, music and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25dance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;dance&lt;/a&gt;, highlighting social and cultural practices that enable people to maintain &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23resilience&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resilience&lt;/a&gt; in difficult circumstances.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Indigenousness, mestizaje and state-building: historical perspectives&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Although the mixing of diverse cultures and the creation of new cultural forms makes studying Latin America attractive, the region was born of genocide. Wherever they came from, the bodies of the European invaders carried germs to which indigenous people had no acquired resistance. Although violence and exploitation also played a role, the indigenous population was decimated by infectious diseases, causing a global fall in temperatures as abandoned agricultural fields reverted to secondary vegetation that absorbed more carbon (Koch &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; 2019). Although Africans shared the immunities of Europeans, contributing to the infection of native Americans, inhuman conditions on the slave ships meant that at least fifteen percent of the more than ten million slaves transported from Africa between the sixteenth and nineteenth centuries died before even reaching the Americas, and the trade had devastating effects on the societies from which they were taken (Manning 1990). Yet by the final decades of the twentieth century, social movements founded on the assertion of indigenous and Afro identities were increasingly active in Latin American politics, despite assumptions that these differences would cease to be significant in societies in which states fostered national identities based on ‘mixing’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropologists often distinguish Latin America’s ‘highland’ zones, dominated by urbanised pre-colonial imperial states such as the Andean Incas and Mesoamerican Aztecs, from ‘lowland’ zones in which indigenous societies were ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22egalitarianism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;egalitarian&lt;/a&gt;’. However, archaeology shows that European &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonisation&lt;/a&gt; destroyed lowland societies that were different from those that anthropologists studied &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographically&lt;/a&gt;. The lost lowland societies were integrated into stable and extensive regional networks of exchange and ceremonies, in some cases presenting evidence for social and political hierarchy that challenge the notion that social ‘complexity’ was impossible in lowland environmental conditions (Roosevelt 1999). The comparatively small number of Portuguese invaders of Brazil’s coastal regions were able to exploit the indigenous Tupi-Guarani custom of incorporating male strangers into their communities by making them ‘brothers-in-law’ by giving them an indigenous girl to marry. This was the starting point for anthropologist, novelist, educator, and politician Darcy Ribeiro’s (1995) account of the ‘formation and meaning of Brazil’ as a &lt;em&gt;mestiço&lt;/em&gt; nation. Ribeiro documented the role of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mixed-race&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20child&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;children&lt;/a&gt; of Portuguese fathers, and indigenous groups that allied with the Portuguese against others allied to French or Dutch invaders, in the expansion of slave-raiding into the interior. This, along with Jesuit missions, progressively transformed those indigenous people that conserved distinctive ways of life into what is today a small minority (0.4%) of the national population (compared with 21.5% in Mexico, the country with the largest absolute number of indigenous citizens). Ribeiro adopted an evolutionist perspective on the development of ‘civilisation’ which meant that he did not see indigenous people as significant in the future of &lt;em&gt;mestiço &lt;/em&gt;Brazil, a country of ‘new peoples’ produced by cultural mixing. According to Ribeiro, Brazil stood in contrast to Peru, Bolivia, Ecuador, Mexico and Guatemala, formed from the remnants of pre-Hispanic civilisations, and Argentina and Uruguay, where new European immigrants had greatest demographic weight (Ribeiro &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; 1970).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Yet his classification can be misleading. Indigenous people living beyond the southern frontiers of the Spanish Empire interacted culturally and economically, through trade and raiding for cattle, with the areas settled by the Spanish, who created diplomatic institutions to negotiate with the representatives of what became more politically hierarchic societies that also built new &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; with each other across the Andean mountain chain (Boccara 2002). Argentina’s genocidal ‘War of the Desert’ in the 1870s was not simply about making new territories safe for white settlers, but also about ensuring that the people of the Patagonian Desert became Argentinian and not Chilean (He 2018). This reinforced &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racist&lt;/a&gt; discrimination that discouraged people from identifying themselves as indigenous. The founders of Argentina’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20pros&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;professional&lt;/a&gt; anthropology included immigrants associated with ‘racial science’ in fascist Europe, for whom indigenous people were of archaeological interest as a superseded ‘race’ but not worthy subjects of ethnographic enquiry, a perspective that regained traction whenever the country suffered a military coup (Ratier 2010). Yet the local Mapuches as a ‘new people’ created through a colonial process of ethnogenesis did not go away but regained social visibility. Along with relatives of the Quechua-speaking indigenous peoples of Peru and Bolivia in the north, they participated in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnic&lt;/a&gt; social movements, struggled for indigenous rights, sought to regain lost lands, protected themselves from environmental devastation caused by fracking, or simply accommodated themselves to state-sponsored development programmes (De la Maza Cabrera &amp;amp; Bolomey Córdova 2019). In Argentina, as in Brazil and Mexico despite their different classifications in Ribeiro’s typology, ‘invisibilised’ indigenous people who had lost their lands but maintained many of their cultural practices after they became farm &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;labourers&lt;/a&gt; or herdsmen on lands owned by others joined struggles for rights and recognition in new movements that became urban as well as rural (Gordillo &amp;amp; Hirsch 2003).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the Andes and Mesoamerica, the number of indigenous people who survived the ‘Great Dying’ enabled the rulers of the Spanish empire to reject indigenous slavery in favour of a system in which the supply of tribute by indigenous communities, in commodities or forced labour, became the foundation of the colonial economy. The Spanish repurposed the Inca labour draft system, the &lt;em&gt;mit’a&lt;/em&gt;, to supply labour to the silver &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19mining&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mines&lt;/a&gt; in Potosí, Bolivia. Indigenous patterns of settlement and socio-political organisation were transformed radically, but provided that they met their obligations to the state and the Catholic Church, colonial indigenous communities were granted a degree of self-government in a ‘Republic of Indians’, with communal control over their own lands, forests, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19water&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;water&lt;/a&gt;. Although usurpation of these resources by non-indigenous outsiders became an increasingly serious problem, their defence formed part of the ‘Closed Corporate Community’ model developed by Eric Wolf (1957), which argued that restriction of membership and property rights to those born within the community was a strategy to protect its collective patrimony, accompanied by obligations to expend resources in community rituals to limit consolidation of wealth differences between its members. Wolf insisted that the indigenous communities that ethnographers studied in Mesoamerica were the product of four hundred years of colonial history. Although he accepted criticisms that his original model paid insufficient attention to cases in which enduring inequalities did emerge between families (Wolf 1986), his insistence that indigenous people were active actors in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt; and did not live in unchanging ‘traditional’ social worlds was paradigm changing. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tributary exactions and exploitation based on forcing indigenous communities to buy goods often prompted protests and rebellions. These intensified from 1760 onwards because Spain’s Bourbon rulers, who sought to increase the wealth extracted from the colonies, ignored complaints about extortion by colonial officials and priests, and undermined the power of indigenous authorities. An uprising that had lasting consequences despite its ultimate defeat was the ‘Neo-Incan’ rebellion of Túpac Amaru II in Peru. Born José Gabriel Condorcanqui, he was both an indigenous authority (&lt;em&gt;kuraka&lt;/em&gt;) descended from the last Inca ruler, and a merchant and muleteer who crossed the borders between Spanish and Indian society. Adopting the name of his ancestor, he declared a multiclass, multiethnic rebellion against abusive authorities rather than the Spanish Crown (Walker 2014). Yet after Túpac Amaru II, his wife, Micaela Bastidas, and part of their family were executed, the brutal Spanish repression of the rebellion turned the violence of indigenous people towards anyone who spoke Spanish or wore European clothes, as had already been the norm in a separate rebellion of Aymara-speakers in the south between Lake Titicaca and La Paz, led by a peasant coca trader, Túpac Katari. Both Micaela Bastidas and Túpac Katari’s wife, Bartolina Sisa, played leadership roles in these rebellions, indicating continuities in Andean principles of (hierarchised) gender complementarity (Silverblatt 1987). In Peru, as elsewhere in colonial Latin America, the rebellions provoked conflicts even amongst indigenous people of the same ethnicity, but a weakening military situation led the colonial authorities to offer a peace agreement to Túpac Amaru’s surviving sons. When the colonial elite subsequently reneged on this agreement, exterminating the rest of the family, they not only brought the original colonial ‘pact’ with Peru’s Quechua-speaking peoples to a definitive end, but enhanced the mythical appeal of the neo-Incan rebellion for later movements, not simply in Peru but elsewhere in the region, including in Haiti. There, a slave &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19rev&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;revolution&lt;/a&gt; expelled the French to make Latin America’s first independent nation one that was ruled by people of colour, in 1804 (Walker 2014: 249).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The nineteenth century produced conflicts for control of Latin America’s new nations between conservatives who sought to maintain the social and political structures of colonial Spanish America, and liberal reformers who saw the indigenous communities as a barrier to the creation of a modern society based on equal rights for all &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizens&lt;/a&gt; rather than ethno-racial ‘castes’. The liberals included Mexican president Benito Juárez, whose own indigenous Zapotec descent did not inhibit him from moving to abolish the corporate properties of indigenous communities as well as the Catholic Church. Some indigenous people accepted that they would be better off as ‘citizens’ than remaining in a caste hierarchy in which they were subject to discrimination. Yet it proved difficult to deliver ‘citizenship’ as equality before the law to people who remained structurally unequal in terms of access to justice and economic opportunities. Mexico’s liberal ‘reforms’ redistributed property in a way that converted many indigenous people into rural proletarians whose adoption of &lt;em&gt;mestizo &lt;/em&gt;identities Guillermo Bonfil (2010) characterised as forced ‘deindianisation’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Indigenous people lost control of communal resources throughout Latin America, although some retained enough land to subsist as migrant labourers &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;working&lt;/a&gt; on agro-export plantations after being ‘hooked’ into &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24debt&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;debt&lt;/a&gt;-bondage. This laid the basis for heightened twentieth century agrarian conflict throughout the region. Mexico was a special case, since the national revolution that began in 1910 eventually produced Latin America’s first redistributive agrarian reform. That reform was less focused on restoring land that had been lost by indigenous communities than it was on making grants of land to build a solid rural base of political clients for the post-revolutionary regime. This logic was extended by allowing landless workers on large estates to petition the government for land redistribution in the 1930s, eventually dividing the countryside into a ‘social sector’ of state-sponsored land reform communities (&lt;em&gt;ejidos&lt;/em&gt;) and a capitalist &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20farming&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;farming&lt;/a&gt; sector. The state wanted land reform beneficiaries to think of themselves as members of a &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; ‘peasant’ (&lt;em&gt;campesino&lt;/em&gt;) social class. Land reform was therefore intended to support a national state-building project based on ending indigenous identities for good. Anthropologists were enlisted into the process of ‘Mexicanizing the Indian’ by employing them in field stations set up in different parts of the country. The aim was to understand the details of different indigenous cultures in order to change local ways of life through education, and to encourage ‘Indians’ to think of themselves as &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; citizens of the whole Mexican nation rather than the ‘little nation’ of their village. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This ‘official indigenism’ was replicated in other countries (De la Peña 2005). An interesting case to compare with Mexico is Bolivia. The National Revolutionary Movement (MNR) that overthrew a military dictatorship in 1952 with the support of the country’s mine workers’ union (Nash 2001) also sought to promote a &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; national identity through land reform. However, they encountered &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt; from a novel indigenous movement in the 1970s. The founders of this &lt;em&gt;katarista&lt;/em&gt; movement, named after eighteenth-century rebel Túpac Katari, were Aymara university students whose families had benefitted from the MNR agrarian reform. Their politics were based on the premise that indigenous people suffered from a combination of class oppression in the Marxist sense and ethnic oppression that should not be ignored in government policy. They soon formed the largest peasant union in Bolivia, independent of the ‘official’ union which had been created by the Bolivian government as an instrument of control using the same model as Mexico’s National Peasant Confederation. Mexico’s ‘national revolutionary’ regime proved more enduring than Bolivia’s, which was repeatedly interrupted by military coups. Mexico’s Institutional Revolutionary Party (PRI) enjoyed unbroken national power until the year 2000. Yet by the 1970s, socially mobile indigenous intellectuals in Mexico were also arguing that ethnic inequalities could not be reduced simply to class issues. Thereby they contributed to the collapse of the ‘official’ indigenist project.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The foundational work of Mexican indigenism had been Manuel Gamio’s book &lt;em&gt;Forjando Patria&lt;/em&gt;, published in 1916 while the revolutionary wars were still raging (Gamio 2010 [1916]). Gamio did not advocate immediate suppression of indigenous cultures and languages, even in the case of what he called ‘savage’ groups such as the Yaquis, whose communities straddled the US-Mexico border. He argued that priority should be given to addressing socio-economic inequalities, and that the longer-term objective of anthropological studies of indigenous people was to make their integration into nation states less painful, ensuring that it benefited them and not simply the ‘white race’ of their colonial conquerors. The regional projects of what became the National Indigenous Institute did bring indigenous people some material benefits (Nash 2002). Yet modernising revolutionary nationalism was often implemented in an authoritarian manner, exemplified by the punishment of indigenous children for not speaking Spanish in schools that the government provided for them. Official indigenism created a new group of Spanish-speaking community leaders tied to government who often used the leverage this gave them to turn themselves into local political bosses, called &lt;em&gt;caciques&lt;/em&gt; (chieftains). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Because &lt;em&gt;caciquismo&lt;/em&gt; was so pervasive and frequently violent, its study became one of Mexican anthropology’s contributions to understanding how national state power was implanted at regional and local levels in the twentieth century. It unveiled the limitations and contradictions of that process in a socially and culturally diverse country in which that state was far from being an all-powerful ‘Leviathan’ in terms of its ability to manage heterogeneous regional cultures (Bartra 1976; Friedrich 1986; Lomnitz-Adler 1992; Rubin 1997). While the direct institutional presence of central governments remained &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18precarity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;precarious&lt;/a&gt;, local and regional boss rule was significant in rural regions throughout Latin America. In the Andes, these figures were called &lt;em&gt;gamonales &lt;/em&gt;(Cotler 2005). In Brazil’s First Republic (1889-1930), local affairs and patron-client relations were managed by agrarian oligarchs called ‘colonels’ (Roniger 2005). All acted as political ‘brokers’ intermediating relations with the national state, but Mexico is distinctive because rural &lt;em&gt;caciquismo &lt;/em&gt;has persisted up until the present, enabling drug cartel bosses to take on this role. It also developed in urban shantytowns, trade unions, and universities (Maldonado 2005; Pansters 2005).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Agrarian conflict, neoliberalism and multiculturalism&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mestizo&lt;/em&gt; peasants became disillusioned with the &lt;em&gt;ejido&lt;/em&gt; system as the Mexican state’s promise to deliver ‘material improvements’ as well as an end to discrimination to indigenous people lost credibility. Many peasants who had received irrigated lands rented them to agricultural entrepreneurs with the capital to grow more profitable crops and invested in migration to the United States to improve their own living standards. Even outside the areas where &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20farming&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;farming&lt;/a&gt; was transformed by incorporation into a global food system dominated by transnational agro-industrial corporations (Friedmann &amp;amp; McMichael 1989), agrarian conflicts developed over illegal logging and the extension of cattle-raising to supply meat to urban and export markets. The corruption of the public officials administering the land reform added to feelings of injustice and efforts to develop peasant organisations not controlled by the state. It was in this context that, in 1969, a group of Mexican anthropologists led by Arturo Warman published a series of polemical essays repudiating indigenism (Warman &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; 1970). By this stage, the political context had become explosive. Mexico’s eternal ruling party had created a civilian regime free of coups, but in 1968 the government massacred student protestors in Mexico City and unleashed an anti-communist counterinsurgency ‘dirty war’ in the state of Guerrero similar in its barbarity to those pursued by Central and South American military dictatorships (Bartra 1996). Although left-wing militants who left the cities to solidarise with peasant rebels in Guerrero were to find that their ‘communism’ owed more to Christian than Marxist principles, Marxism played a prominent role in academic anthropology as the 1970s advanced, much of it reworking earlier European debates around ‘the agrarian question’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A key issue for Marxists was whether peasants would survive or face mass proletarianisation as the capitalist transformation of rural Mexico deepened (Hewitt de Alcantará 1984). Some protagonists in these debates, including Warman (1980), favoured the theory of peasant economy that Alexander Chayanov was killed for defending in Soviet Russia. Chayanov had argued that, although some peasant families were richer than others and might employ other peasants as wage &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;labourers&lt;/a&gt;, the logic of the peasant economy was about securing an acceptable standard of living, not the accumulation of capital. According to Chayanov, this made it possible to develop a socialist society on the basis of peasant family farms and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20coops&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;cooperatives&lt;/a&gt;. A deepening crisis in basic food production coupled with growing agrarian conflict promoted a new round of state intervention in the &lt;em&gt;ejidos&lt;/em&gt; in the later 1970s, but after Mexico was hit by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24debt&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;debt&lt;/a&gt; crisis that made the 1980s a ‘lost decade’ economically for the whole of Latin America, the government of Carlos Salinas de Gortari embraced &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; economic policies. These had been pioneered in Chile after the 1973 military coup and were generalised throughout the region in the 1990s, under the auspices of the International Monetary Fund. In the case of Peru, the government of Alberto Fujimori carried out a ‘self-coup’ that closed the congress to allow neoliberal ‘shock therapy’ to be implemented. By ending land redistribution and opening the door to privatisation of &lt;em&gt;ejido&lt;/em&gt; land, Mexico’s ‘reform of the land reform’ was widely considered to pose an existential threat to peasant agriculture. Yet ‘bottom-up’ social movement &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt; remained an impediment to the neoliberal project (Pechlaner &amp;amp; Otero 2010).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;1994 saw an armed uprising in the southern state of Chiapas that called for a global war against neoliberalism. The Zapatista Army of National Liberation (EZLN) was the product of the coming together of segments of the indigenous peasantry with non-indigenous urban leftist &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19rev&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;revolutionaries&lt;/a&gt; whose outlooks were radically changed by the encounter (Leyva Solano &amp;amp; Ascencio Franco 1996). Although it contributed to broader reassertion of ‘indigenousness’ (Rus, Hernández Castillo &amp;amp; Mattiace 2003), its anti-capitalism and eagerness to build a national coalition of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnically&lt;/a&gt; diverse dissident forces led Leandro Vergara-Camus (2014) to argue that the neo-Zapatista movement was closer to the non-indigenous Brazilian Movement of Landless Workers (MST) than a conventional indigenous rights movement. Nevertheless, as the EZLN turned to sustaining long-term civil resistance in Chiapas in the indigenous communities where it retained support, after failing to construct its broader coalition, indigenous practices did provide inspiration for the movement’s approach to establishing ‘autonomous’ forms of local and regional organisation. These rejected all relationships with the ‘bad government’ of the state, and based themselves on the principle of ‘governing by obeying’ through sovereign communal assemblies and rotation of representative offices.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Another aspect of the shift to neoliberalism was, however, the adoption of multicultural state policies. The Mexican government under President Salinas changed the Constitution to define Mexico as a nation with a ‘pluri-cultural’ composition ‘originally based on its indigenous peoples’, adding indigenous rights to universal social rights. Neoliberal multiculturalism offers indigenous people the right to keep their own language and culture, coupled with a modicum of sensitivity to cultural difference in the judicial system. Charles Hale (2006) argued that its aim is to contain more radical demands, such as new agrarian reform or control over the exploitation of natural resources within indigenous territories. He also showed that in Guatemala, state resistance to more radical demands for indigenous self-determination was fortified by an anti-indigenous ‘backlash’. When indigenous people start occupying local political and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17bureaucracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;bureaucratic&lt;/a&gt; offices that non-indigenous people previously monopolised, lower-class &lt;em&gt;mestizos&lt;/em&gt; can become resentful of what they see as unfair privileges resulting from social and educational programmes targeted at indigenous people. Work by the EZLN had not managed to avoid this tension. The EZLN challenged the post-revolutionary state builders’ undifferentiated &lt;em&gt;mestizo &lt;/em&gt;national identity, seeking to persuade &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizens&lt;/a&gt; to re-identify with their ‘indigenous side’. However, it failed to create a ‘rainbow coalition’ of popular forces. This suggested that &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; peasant farmers, working class people, and even some indigenous people in the north and centre of Mexico, still saw indigenous Chiapas as a culturally alien world.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Multicultural politics were adopted throughout Latin America (Assies, Van der Haar &amp;amp; Hoekema 2000; Sieder 2002), reflecting both changing national situations and global processes. In Brazil, the 1988 &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democratic&lt;/a&gt; constitution that followed twenty years of military dictatorship also assigned territorial rights to indigenous groups and Afro-Brazilians occupying lands settled by communities of escaped slaves (&lt;em&gt;quilombos&lt;/em&gt;). Mexico was the second country, after Norway, to ratify International Labour Organization Resolution 169 on the rights of indigenous peoples, but by the end of the 1990s, Ecuador, Venezuela, and Colombia went further in making constitutional changes that opened the way for indigenous people to obtain jurisdiction over autonomous territories that would allow for self-government. The next decade brought further reforms in Bolivia after the Aymara leader of the coca growers union, Evo Morales, was elected president in 2006 in the wake of popular revolts against neoliberal economic policies. Although Colombia’s indigenous ‘reserves’ (&lt;em&gt;resguardos&lt;/em&gt;) were a legacy of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; era, the 1990s brought new laws on indigenous territorial rights that were extended to include Afro-Colombian people, and new territories were created (Rappaport &amp;amp; Dover 1996). Progress towards strengthening autonomous local self-government over those territories was, however, limited by interconnected transnational capitalist interest in exploiting their resources and paramilitary violence. Activists therefore worked on linking individual communities into wider social movement networks that could strengthen negotiations with government and increase support from domestic and international NGOs (Escobar 2015). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Although return to civilian rule after military dictatorships created a political climate in which international agencies and NGOs promoting indigenous and Afro-descendent rights could advance their global strategies, neoliberal multicultural policies clearly did not resolve longstanding problems arising from the importance of natural resource extraction and agricultural exports in Latin American economies. Yet it is important to understand in detail how and why differences in national circumstances and histories produce differences in the local social and political consequences of these general problems. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Central America suffered socially devastating US-backed Cold War violence. In Guatemala, a democratic regime was removed from power in 1954 after it expropriated land controlled by the United Fruit Company for redistribution to peasant farmers (Adams 1970). As a result, leftist mestizo guerrilla movements that had difficulty mobilising indigenous communities intensified their campaigns from the late 1960s onwards in the absence of democratic alternatives (Le Bot 1992). Even when mestizo and indigenous groups united at the start of the 1980s, and genocidal repression made indigenous communities more receptive to rebellion, the guerrillas proved incapable of defending them against counterinsurgency operations that involved forced displacement and massacres of civilians on a massive scale. Anthropological research made important contributions to understanding such contradictions. It showed that ‘modernising’ indigenous leadership sympathetic to the guerrillas existed, that it had emerged as an unintended consequence of interventions by the Catholic Church, and that it was motivated by the frustration of some younger indigenous people with established age-based and patriarchal systems of communal authority (Wilson 1995; Warren 1998). The revalorisation of indigenous identity and culture, and the—largely urban—creation of a Pan-Maya movement by intellectuals who sought to build an ethnic politics transcending community-based identities, was the work of a new generation of leaders emerging from the violence that exterminated their modernising predecessors. Some anthropologists who analysed Central American counterinsurgency wars documented US responsibility. Leigh Binford (1996) not only reconstructed the circumstances behind the mass slaughter of civilians at El Mozote in El Salvador, but also humanised the victims by investigating the social biographies of the people behind the numbers. Guatemalan specialists observed that conflicts also occurred between indigenous peasants, but most related this to a context in which they were forced to colonise agriculturally marginal areas because most of the country’s land remained in the hands of large landowners, receiving very low wages as migrant workers on their estates (Smith 1999). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Andean specialists, however, found themselves asking why the Shining Path movement that convulsed Peru between 1980 and 1999 had come as surprise (Starn 1991; Rivera Cusicanqui 1993). Most Andean anthropology had focused on historical continuities in the economic and politico-ritual systems that governed the way Andean indigenous communities related to their environment and to each other, inspired by classics such as John Murra’s model of how those communities were organised into ‘vertical archipelagos’ based on the exchange of complementary products between highland and lowland ecological niches (Murra 1980). Silvia Rivera Cusicanqui (1993) argued that the problem was not that this vision of the ‘Andean community’ was irrelevant, since indigenous alternatives to European models for exploiting the environment provided useful ideas about how to promote more ecologically &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25sustainability&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sustainable&lt;/a&gt; and socially equitable ‘alternative development’ in the future. The problem was what it was leaving out in the later twentieth century, in particular the impacts of growing cities and rural-urban migration on peasant activism and agrarian conflict.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Military dictatorships reflected elite anxieties that the growing activism of peasant farmers and rural workers threatened a repeat of the 1959 Cuban Revolution. During the following two decades, accelerating urbanisation made it impossible to understand even indigenous agrarian movements without considering links between town and countryside (Schryer 1990). In Peru, peasant invasions of landed estates to recover lost lands were accompanied by militant action by peasant unions whose political networks transcended the urban-rural divide (Smith 1991). In response, a Peruvian military regime embarked on a programme of expropriating big estates and turning them into peasant cooperatives at the end of the 1960s. Yet many who benefitted from this land redistribution were not happy about the imposition of collective forms of production. These meant that they continued to be rural workers subject to top-down management in a state-capitalist rather than privately-owned enterprise, whilst most of the indigenous communities that continued peasant family farming but wanted more land were not included in the reform (Kay 1982). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Shining Path guerrilla movement was an unanticipated consequence of this intervention by a military government. It was led by university intellectuals from Ayacucho whose regional elite families lost their local power as &lt;em&gt;gamonales &lt;/em&gt;as the military regime promoted rural development through state capitalism, strengthening central control. Shining Path was a movement based on cadres, university students in the first instance, who diffused its ideology in both urban and rural areas. That ideology was partly inspired by Maoism in advocating agrarian communalism based on peasant cooperatives, but Shining Path rejected both ‘backward’ indigenous culture and the technological modernisation of agriculture advocated by established left-wing movements and peasant unions. Arguing that the state needed to be completely destroyed by violence, the movement not only killed the leaders of these rival organisations but also carried out symbolic ‘executions’ of tractors. The first peasant communities that came to support Shining Path were relatively prosperous and socially differentiated, which is why their young people got into university (Degregori 1991). Rural grievances in the movement’s heartland were more closely linked to the low prices paid to local farmers by &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; merchants than to agrarian conflicts with landed estates. Ayacucho had the highest rate of migration to Lima in the country, although Shining Path had less support in its urban shantytowns than other left-wing organisations (Poole &amp;amp; Rénique 1992). Like the indigenous leaderships that supported the guerrillas in Guatemala, young indigenous people joined it because it offered a route to transcending community authority systems. However, Shining Path provided a different ideological solution to the problem of securing what Peru’s class and racial hierarchy denied them: ‘knowledge’ of how to build an alternative future in which they could feel empowered (Degregori 1991).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Shining Path was therefore not an attempt by impoverished ‘traditional’ peasants to restore an Andean indigenous utopia, but an effect of contradictory ‘modernising’ processes. Rivera Cusicanqui (1993) insists that change and interactions with the wider society had been a feature of Andean communities throughout their colonial and national histories. Yet she also observes that Peruvian social science had differed from Bolivian social science in terms of the dominance of left-wing class-focused perspectives in Peru, whose coastal capital city, Lima, is characterised by an ‘integrationist’ suppression of indigenous ethnicity in a ‘melting pot’ that also includes many citizens of African and East Asian descent. This stands in contrast to La Paz, where the division between the Spanish city and the indigenous city of El Alto produced ‘a permanent contradiction between an imported citizenship model and the Andean communitarian model that organizes both the practices and collective perceptions of its inhabitants’ (Rivera Cusicanqui 1999: 157, my translation). Nevertheless, Marisol de la Cadena (2005) argues that when market women in the Peruvian highland city of Cuzco define themselves as &lt;em&gt;mestizas&lt;/em&gt;, this is to mark their difference from rural indigenous people, rather than to abandon indigenous identity completely, as the assimilationist model of &lt;em&gt;mestizaje&lt;/em&gt; normally implies.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;‘Indigeneity’ itself is not a simple category. Not only can people think of themselves as being ‘indigenous’ (or not) in different ways that change as social situations change, but there are also differences between what indigeneity means to people and indigeneity as defined by states (Canessa 2014). The proportion of Bolivians self-identifying as indigenous declined from the sixty-two percent majority registered in 2001, to forty-two percent in 2012. The governments of Evo Morales (2006-2019) had promised to transform the country’s ethnic hierarchies in favour of its indigenous population, the principal components of which are Aymara, Quechua, and Guarani. Morales’s attempt to renew his mandate for a fourth term in 2019 was blocked by a coup that temporarily re-empowered non-indigenous elites, although his Movement for Socialism Party easily won new elections held in 2020 with former economics minister Luis Arce as its candidate. The Morales governments’ macro-economically successful strategy of increasing state revenues from gas exports and other extractive industries to improve the economic situations of poorer Bolivians had, however, provoked conflicts between the indigenous president and some indigenous groups that felt threatened by it. Nancy Postero (2017) argues that the root of that contradiction was that the state constructed by Morales remained a ‘liberal’ state, despite its deployment of Andean indigenous symbols in new state rituals designed to emphasise its indigenousness and talk about pursuing an indigenous concept of ‘living well’ as an alternative to capitalist accumulation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rethinking race, cultural mestizaje and ontological differences&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The concentration of Afro-Latin American populations in cities is the principal factor determining the nature of their politics and social movements today. Afro-descendants have a history of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;working&lt;/a&gt; in urban occupations that goes back to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; period. Africans had originally been used as &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;labour&lt;/a&gt; on plantations and landed estates, in particular sectors of the export economy and in places where indigenous labour was scarce or extreme heat was considered to make African labour more suitable. Recognisably ‘black’ rural communities emerged in Mexico, as in Colombia and Ecuador, on the Pacific Coast, principally in Guerrero, as well as Atlantic-facing Veracruz (Aguirre Beltran 1946). Yet as bearers of a particularly &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25antiblackness&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;stigmatised&lt;/a&gt; racial identity, most preferred to blend into the ranks of the &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; population. Although African intangible cultural heritage is detectable in regional cultures generally seen as &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt;, embedded in styles of music and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25dance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;dancing&lt;/a&gt; and religious rituals and carnivals, it was when multicultural policies opened up possibilities of claiming land rights that rural communities began to make them as Afro-descendants, generally following the lead set by indigenous movements (Wade 2010). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In Latin America, in contrast to the US in the past, having some African ancestry was never sufficient to define a person as ‘black’. Brazil was the last country in the Western Hemisphere to abolish slavery, in 1888, and the emancipated slaves were socially and economically marginalised as the First Republic, established by a military coup in the following year, focused on ‘whitening’ the nation. It exterminated millenarian movements that brought indigenous, black, and poor &lt;em&gt;mestiço &lt;/em&gt;people together in the backlands beyond the coastal cities. But the dictatorial regime that Getúlio Vargas constructed after the First Republic in 1930 was more inclusive. Vargas incorporated the cultural contributions of Brazil’s Afro-descendants into his project of national integration, promoting &lt;em&gt;samba&lt;/em&gt; music and carnival, albeit in a tightly controlled way under what was a police state. This conformed to Gilberto Freyre’s positive interpretation of racial and cultural mixing in a patriarchal plantation society (Freyre 1986 [1933]). For Freyre, the Brazilian slavocracy combined absolute domination and intimacy, such as the recognition by slave-owners of offspring that they sired with enslaved women. He argued that the roots of this system lay in the close cultural relationship between Portugal and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18islam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Islamic&lt;/a&gt; Arab world, whose slave systems served as a model for Brazil, as well as in the need for a small Portuguese elite to populate and dominate a vast country (Souza 2000: 78-9). Freyre’s ideas were used to present Brazil as a ‘racial democracy’ from which the racially segregated US might learn. This notion was undermined by a series of anthropological studies published in the 1950s under the aegis of UNESCO, which found abundant evidence of prejudice and discrimination in Brazil even if their expressions differed from US forms of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racism&lt;/a&gt; (Wade 2010: 54-9).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A long-established Afro-Brazilian movement often looks to the state for support for &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22art&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;artistic&lt;/a&gt; and cultural heritage projects or educational programmes to help Afro-Brazilians achieve social mobility. However, the fact that victims of police killings in the urban periphery are predominantly young black men has provoked campaigns similar to ‘Black Lives Matter’ in the US. Workers’ Party governments (2003-2016) adopted affirmative action policies to widen the access of poor, indigenous, and black Brazilians to university. These, however, promoted debate amongst Brazilian anthropologists about whether ‘quotas’ for ‘black’ students constituted an undesirable ‘racialisation’ of social issues in a &lt;em&gt;mestiço&lt;/em&gt; society (Guimarães 2003). It also provoked some ‘backlash’ from light-skinned residents of poor urban communities who claimed they were being discriminated against. Although members of higher social classes tend to classify all residents of the urban periphery as ‘black or brown’ whatever they look like, many poor Brazilians do not identify with ethno-racial politics. Syncretic religions venerating African gods remain important for some Afro-Brazilians, but more now attend evangelical churches that attack these religious practices as demonic and preach the individualistic self-improvement doctrines of ‘prosperity theology’ (Lima 2007).  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Modern politics present challenges to defining Latin American nations in terms of the mixing of ‘peoples’. Yet, the significance of cultural mixing remains central to understanding all &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnic&lt;/a&gt; groups. The idea that everyone would become assimilated to the same dominant culture through ‘acculturation’ developed in the United States, in the context of thinking about the ‘melting pot’ of immigrants from different parts of Europe. It was extended to Mexico by Chicago social anthropologist Robert Redfield (1950; 1956) in his work on Yucatán. Redfield also argued that the people of Latin America would develop according to an evolutionary model in which rural ‘folk’ would over time become ‘civilised’ into urban societies. US scholars’ confidence in the universality of their own country’s path to ‘modernisation’ was not shared by their Latin American counterparts, despite its affinities with indigenist anthropology. In 1940, Cuban anthropologist Fernando Ortiz published a book that introduced multidirectional and multilinear ‘transculturation’, the blending of elements of distinct cultures to produce new, distinctive, and diverse cultural forms, as an alternative concept. Ortiz contrasted the social consequences of the peasant production of tobacco and Cuba’s artisan cigar industry with the slavery, proletarianisation, and foreign domination of sugar production (Ortiz 1995). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Since the indigenist phase, both anthropologists and historians have shown how cultural &lt;em&gt;mestizaje&lt;/em&gt; in the Americas involved multidirectional exchanges and hybridisations, based on continuous interaction and adaptation to new circumstances (see for example, Florescano &amp;amp; García Acosta 2004; Gruzinski 2013). What looks like the ‘acculturation’ of indigenous Brazilians to Western eyes might, from an indigenous perspective, be seen as ‘a labor of domesticating, of pacifying us together with our germs and our commodities’, not to mention religion and saints (Monteiro 2012: 29). By the nineteenth century, cults based on the West African gods (&lt;em&gt;orishas&lt;/em&gt;) that the slaves brought with them had adapted to the colonial setting in Brazil by associating those deities with Catholic saints, and also included indigenous spirits called &lt;em&gt;caboclos&lt;/em&gt;, to produce the religious tradition called Candomblé. Umbanda evolved from that tradition by adding Spiritism to the mix, a European element imported from nineteenth century France. Whereas Candomblé had its roots in a society based on slavery, Umbanda emerged in Brazil’s southern cities in the 1930s, appealing to working and lower middle class people across ethno-racial boundaries. Candomblé also continued to evolve, to be reborn in the 1960s in the Brazilian Northeast as cultural heritage and a religion for everyone, including &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17tourism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tourists&lt;/a&gt; (Prandi 2000). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mexican anthropology also celebrated hybridity and plurality when studying indigenous legacies in &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; cultural practices and urban ‘popular’ culture (Bonfil 1991; García Canclini 1995). The deeper meanings of ritual processes between indigenous and non-indigenous participants might differ in terms of ideas about the significance of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18death&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;death&lt;/a&gt;, and the role of the souls of the departed in the world of the living, for example. However, popular Latin American interpretations of illness as provoked by spirit attack (&lt;em&gt;susto&lt;/em&gt;) are not restricted to people who conserve indigenous identities or ways of life (Glazer &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; 2004). Popular religious practices continue to evolve. The principal meaning that the contemporary cult of Saint Death carries for urban working class Mexicans, for example, is the promise of a more prosperous life for its adherents, despite an exaggerated media emphasis on its links with drug trafficking. Saint Death is therefore competing in a lively religious market with neo-Pentecostalist churches, and the challenge is to understand why some people choose one option rather than another (Argryadis 2014).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It remains important to recognise the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reproduction&lt;/a&gt; of distinctive indigenous &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ontology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ontologies&lt;/a&gt;. In Peru, peasant leaders, for example, were activists in peasant unions and perfectly capable of talking the same language as the urban left, operating effectively in that legal and political world. Yet, at the same time, they remained part of another world, in which open cast &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19mining&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mining&lt;/a&gt; is wrong because it kills the mountain as a living entity, destroying fundamental &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; between human and non-human beings (De la Cadena 2010). Human beings appear to be able to manage different ways of ‘being in the world’ simultaneously. Differences between Western and indigenous understandings of the relationships between human beings and nature also ground a case for defending indigenous territorial rights in Amazonia (Viveiros de Castro 1998). Nevertheless, as Alcida Ramos (2012) points out, there are downsides to non-indigenous anthropologists continuing to speak in the name of indigenous people who are increasingly able to speak for themselves, and even obtain PhDs in anthropology. Ramos herself has explored the contradictions of NGO activism as well as Brazil’s official indigenist institutions. NGOs often need indigenous people to behave in an idealised way to conform to their own agendas, which causes difficulties when indigenous leaders decide that mining might be good for their communities (Ramos 1994). Indigenous people who have been forced to change their lifestyle as a result of past capitalist transformations of Amazonia have difficulties being recognised as such because they do not conform to the stereotypical image of a ‘rainforest Indian’. The majority of Amazonians now live in cities, and the region as a whole is ethnically heterogeneous (Nugent 1993). If we wish to defend the rights of indigenous peoples to self-determination of their future development, it is important not to talk about them as if they had never changed. That false claim is still used to argue that they would be better off being ‘modernised’ through new capitalist transformations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Urban anthropology, transnationalism and new social movements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Latin American cities are spaces of extreme social inequality and the region now has the highest homicide rates in the world. Urban anthropology initially focused on how rural people obliged to live in informal shantytowns built social &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; that helped them adapt to a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18precarity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;precarious&lt;/a&gt; life of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;working&lt;/a&gt; poverty (Adler de Lomnitz 1977; Roberts 1978). The &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24debt&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;debt&lt;/a&gt; and social crisis of the 1980s, and impoverishment produced by &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; policies, produced a change of emphasis. People’s mutual support relations that Mercedes González de la Rocha (2004) called ‘the resources of poverty’ became more difficult to sustain because families faced an absolute ‘poverty of resources’. Crisis also provided enhanced opportunities for political parties to deploy patronage relations in ways that impeded ‘bottom-up’ efforts to build community organisations (Auyero 2000). Brazilian research strongly challenged the idea that people who live in irregular settlements (&lt;em&gt;favelas &lt;/em&gt;in Rio de Janeiro), are ‘marginal’ to society and politics. At the same time, it recognises that they face marginalisation in the form of discrimination in the wider society, including from working class people who live in less stigmatised neighbourhoods. Janice Perlman (1976) followed up a critique of the ‘marginality’ concept written against the policy of forced removal of favelas. Based on a forty-year longitudinal study of favela development, she shows that some favela residents succeeded in attaining social and spatial mobility (Perlman 2006). This kind of research challenged Oscar Lewis’s concept of ‘the culture of poverty’, derived from his studies of Mexican and Puerto Rican families, which suggested that living in poverty leads parents to adopt &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;values&lt;/a&gt; and behaviours that they transmit to their &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20child&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;children&lt;/a&gt;, perpetuating a ‘failure to make it’ that persists across generations (Lewis 1959; 1966).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Yet ‘progress’ for some families within favelas was accompanied by greater inequality. In Guayaquil, Ecuador, in a poor community in which some women transcended the limitations of informal local labour markets by migrating to work in Europe, there were differences in the extent to which improvements in income levels and housing continued in the next generation, related to the amount of ‘social capital’ families accumulated through links with other non-resident family members and participation in community politics (Moser 2010). Although racialised class prejudice led &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizens&lt;/a&gt; who did not live in Rio de Janeiro’s favelas to see them as a ‘threat’ to the rest of the city, that prejudice ironically made it easier to argue politically that supposed ‘dangerous classes’ would become less dangerous if they were fully integrated into the urban mainstream through state-&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25finance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;financed&lt;/a&gt; improvements to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23infrastructure&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;infrastructure&lt;/a&gt; of ‘consolidated’ favelas in which residents had transformed their original shacks into multi-storied self-built &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;homes&lt;/a&gt; (Cavalcanti 2009). Yet here as in Guayaquil, ‘consolidation’ increased inequality. Rio’s hosting of the World Cup in 2014 and Olympics in 2016 created a real estate boom. The need to improve infrastructure for &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19sport&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sporting&lt;/a&gt; mega-events led to the forced removal of some favela residents to more peripheral locations in the city, but ‘material improvements’ in some of Rio’s more scenic favelas also stimulated a process of ‘gentrification’ and rising property values and rents within them that also displaced poorer residents (Freeman &amp;amp; Burgos 2017; Cummings 2015).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The problems facing women in favelas include domestic violence and the loss of young male children attracted by enhanced access to commodities symbolising status and to women in what Alba Zaluar (2010) termed the ‘hypermasculine’ subculture of drug gangs. Since police tend to assume that all young men are ‘involved’ in that world (Cechetto, Muniz &amp;amp; Monteiro 2018), people who live in favelas remain ‘caught in the crossfire’ between drug traffickers and police, whose violence and corruption often makes them seem the worse of two evils (Machado &amp;amp; Leite 2007). Zaluar also developed research on the paramilitary groups called &lt;em&gt;milícias &lt;/em&gt;(Barcellos &amp;amp; Zaluar 2014). Run by former or serving members of the police, they expelled drug traffickers from favelas only to become criminal organisations in their own right, enjoying the protection of political patrons. Donna Goldstein (2003) showed how evangelical churches might offer an escape route from the world of crime, but her &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnography&lt;/a&gt; also revealed the black humour that working women employed in coping with extremely testing lives. An example that female neighbours found hilarious was when twenty-three-year-old Marília recounted how, returning in the early hours of the morning from her night job, she had exclaimed to her husband Celso: ‘Gosh, you’re hard to kill, ehh’. When Celso asked why, she responded: ‘Because I put rat poison in your drink this morning, and you didn’t die’ (Goldstein 2003: 259).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lynching offers a ‘self-help’ solution to dealing with insecurity in poor communities in which the problem is not the complete absence of the state but the nature of its sporadic presence, as Daniel Goldstein (2012) argued for Bolivia. Teresa Caldeira’s work on São Paulo (Caldeira 2000) offered an anthropology ‘of’ rather than simply ‘in’ the city (Low 1996) by exploring the relations between the social worlds of the fortified condominiums of the rich, lower middle and working classes not living in irregular settlements, and the urban periphery. She showed that many who lived in the latter also subscribed to the view that ‘a good bandit is a dead bandit’, opposed ‘human rights for criminals’, and supported extra-judicial police killings despite being the most exposed to police violence themselves. Yet lynching, homicides, and sexual violence diminished in São Paulo to much lower levels than in Rio de Janeiro after a criminal organisation born in the state’s prisons, The First Command of the Capital (PCC), established a system of ‘criminal governance’ based on their own tribunals with formal procedures in these communities. The police and political authorities were willing to reach tacit accommodations with this parallel authority that made their lives easier and diminished homicide rates (Feltran 2008; Willis 2015). Although this covert ‘pact’ with state authorities periodically broke down, the PCC expanded nationally through the prison system by ‘baptizing’ new ‘brothers’ (Biondi 2016) into a world of crime that became very lucrative and transnationally connected.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As a ‘dark side’ of capitalist globalisation, criminal networks responsible for the trafficking of drugs, arms, and people, including women obliged to work in the sex trade, transcend national borders. Yet Latin American countries are also connected to each other, and to Africa and Asia, by a ‘globalization from below’ that provides livelihoods to informal traders who carry legal commodities across borders (Mathews &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; 2012). The study of these transnational networks has equally transformed our understanding of international migration, since even when migrant families decide to make another country their permanent home, they often maintain ties with their communities of origin. What happens as a result is variable. Nina Glick Schiller &amp;amp; Georges Fouron (1999) show how Haitian migrants in the United States were incorporated into a ‘deterritorialised’ nation-state building process. Thus, even those who had taken US citizenship continued to look to Haiti’s nation-state as the political community to which they owed ultimate loyalty. Whatever they thought about Haiti’s current government or the prospects of the country ever securing ‘good government’, they held on to it as they were victims of strong discrimination in US society. The ‘deterritorialised’ Haitian nation state was mainly built on ‘transnational social fields’ between Haitians abroad and their kin in Haiti. These relationships transcended the particularism of familial networks because migrant remittances were redistributed within Haiti to other families without direct kinship links to the migrants. The downside, Glick Schiller and Fouron argued, was that a ‘bottom-up’ politics based on ‘blood ties’ and racialised personal identity made Haitians in the US less inclined to join larger coalitions to ameliorate their disadvantages. At the same time, poor Haitians at home remained attached to hopes in the informal redistributive networks of the remittance economy. This made them less inclined to challenge domestic elites and their foreign allies and more inclined to try to resolve problems at an individual level through patron-client relations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Transnational migration of indigenous Mixtec people from Oaxaca provides a contrasting case. The Mixtecs studied by Michael Kearney (1991) and Federico Besserer (2004) remained marginally incorporated into the Mexican national state and many did not speak Spanish. They started migrating working on agribusiness &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20farming&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;farms&lt;/a&gt; in northern Mexico, where they were subject to brutal forms of exploitation and discrimination. This promoted ethnogenesis as they started thinking of themselves as ‘Mixtecs’ rather than people from particular villages. From northern Mexico, they moved across the border as undocumented migrants, working picking tomatoes and in the construction industry, and later finding other kinds of urban jobs. Their &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnic&lt;/a&gt; identity thereby sharpened because of discrimination from &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; Mexican migrants. Today, Mixtecs from Oaxaca and other regions live in colonies in cities and rural areas that stretch from New York through California to southern Mexico. This transnational diaspora still &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reproduces&lt;/a&gt; some indigenous ways of organising things, including communal labour systems, at the same time as it employs new technologies to maintain communication with migrant homelands. For many, English rather than Spanish became their second language. In this case, discrimination north of the border was less likely to produce closer identification with the Mexican nation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Capital also moves across borders, rather more easily than people, in ways that have implications for gender roles and relations. Latin American and Caribbean countries became sites of offshore production by transnational corporations, in the form of assembly plants, garment factories and agricultural processing and packing plants. Jane Collins (2003) adopted a transnational approach to studying garment production in the US and Mexico. Since these new forms of production offered new employment opportunities for women (Arizpe &amp;amp; Aranda 1981), economic changes impacted on family and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;household&lt;/a&gt; structures. Gender and kinship equally matter in studies of the informal economy, which provides more than half of total national employment in Latin America (Fernández-Kelly 2006). In the case of &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; migrants to the US, men tended to adapt fully to life in the north, but some &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resisted&lt;/a&gt; full incorporation into the disciplines of northern working class life by continuing to value Mexico as a space of freedom where patriarchal values still ruled and the police did not stop them from beating their wives (Rouse 1991). Although female migration was increasing by the late twentieth century, as their lifestyles changed, women suffered from a major contradiction. They were often being morally stigmatised in their communities of origin but remaining signifiers of the transcendent moral value of ‘the Mexican family’ as mothers and wives wherever they were living. Sometimes they found themselves subject to censure by other women as they tried to renegotiate gender relations within their families (Malkin 2004).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nevertheless, collective female activism became an important theme in the literature on the ‘new social movements’ of the late twentieth century. New collective movements of opposition emerged within ‘civil society’ under military dictatorships in part because traditional party politics (and the demobilising patron-client relations that went with it) was suspended. The independent trade union movement of São Paulo’s industrialised ABC region laid the basis for the creation of the Brazilian Workers’ Party, led by future president Luiz Inácio ‘Lula’ da Silva. It promised to do politics in a more &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democratic&lt;/a&gt; way that would give poorer citizens participation in government decisions. Critical anthropological studies have shown that a considerable gap emerged between promises and practice after the party started winning power, first at the local level and, in 2002, at national level (Assies 1999; Albert 2016). Many theorists had seen Latin America’s ‘new social movements’ as politically transformative, assuming that they were democratic in their own internal organisation. Ethnographic research showed that this assumption needed to be questioned.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Women were the principal protagonists in some new movements. Argentina’s Mothers of the Plaza de Mayo, for example, demanded that the military produce their children, ‘disappeared’ by a regime of torture, extermination, and theft of its victims’ babies. Feminists were often sceptical about ‘motherist’ movements, despite their contributions to struggles for &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16rights&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;human rights&lt;/a&gt;. The mobilisation of women of different social classes also raised questions of how appropriate Northern middle-class feminist models were for ‘grassroots’ feminisms in Latin America (Stephen 2010), and how Latin America’s structures of class and racial oppression should be factored into the politics of defining the ‘strategic interests’ of poor women of colour in both rural and urban contexts (Alvarez 1990). Women made their &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;voices&lt;/a&gt; heard in EZLN-controlled indigenous communities in Chiapas, contesting both patriarchal family structures and their past exclusion from decision-making in communal assemblies (Speed, Hernández Castillo &amp;amp; Stephen 2006). Yet female protagonism was a longstanding historical feature of Andean indigenous movements, and poorer &lt;em&gt;mestizas&lt;/em&gt; as well as indigenous women were assuming public roles in marches and protests organised by new rural movements in other regions of Mexico before the EZLN rebellion, sometimes in defiance of husbands committed to the ideology that a woman’s place is in the home (Zárate Vidal 1998).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Throughout urban Latin America, it fell to women to defend the home when the authorities came to irregular settlements to evict families while their men were working outside the community. They faced new problems when men were unable to obtain enough regular work to fulfil their ascribed role as family provider. During the 1980s crisis, women’s informal work often became the main basis for family reproduction, and domestic violence reflected the ‘wounded masculinity’ of men who could not be &lt;em&gt;machos&lt;/em&gt; in this positive, provider sense (Gutmann 2006). Yet femi(ni)cide, the torture and killing of women because they are women, represents an intensification of intersections between patriarchy, class, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;. The violence against women practised by Latin American military dictatorships has escalated in the neoliberal era because the armed male actors with the power to abuse women and girls – police, paramilitaries, and criminals – have diversified and are often complicit with each other. Capitalist development has multiplied the number of vulnerable women in public spaces and commoditised them as disposable sexual objects (Monárrez Fragoso 2010). ‘Grassroots feminism’ is, however, continuing to develop within the working classes, as exemplified by the occupations of schools by secondary school students in Brazil in protest against the policies of the new government installed by the ‘constitutional’ coup of 2016 against the country’s first female president. Rosana Pinheiro-Machado and Lucia Scalco (2018) show that female school students were actively raising political issues in class and some explicitly declared themselves to be feminists, despite negative reactions from young men faced with mounting economic precarity and physical insecurity. Yet after ultraright president Jair Bolsonaro won the 2018 elections, Brazil also demonstrated the challenges posed for women’s and LGBT rights movements when a transnational evangelical Christian countermovement reaches the heart of government. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion: contesting the hegemony of ‘Northern’ anthropology&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropological research on Latin America has made distinctive contributions to broader comparative analysis of issues of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnicity&lt;/a&gt; in colonial and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;post-colonial&lt;/a&gt; settings, agrarian change, insurgency and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19rev&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;revolution&lt;/a&gt;, religious syncretism and conflict, political anthropology and the anthropology of the state, gender relations, informal economies, urban anthropology, and new social movements and transnationalism. Its strengths include attention to &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt; and its challenges to received wisdoms within Latin American societies themselves and within the North Atlantic world.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Postcolonial theorists such as Enrique Dussel (Dussel &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; 2000) and Walter Mignolo (2000) argue that the notion of ‘Western modernity’ as the fount of historical ‘progress’ depended, ideologically as well as economically and militarily, on a transatlantic colonial world in which ‘Latin’ America became the ‘other’ of Euro-North American ‘civilisation’. Postcolonial critiques were taken up in the context of later twentieth century imperialism and capitalist globalisation by Latin American anthropologists such as Fernando Coronil (2003). Anthropologists living in Latin America became increasingly pre-occupied with the relationship between their anthropologies and the ‘hegemonic’ anthropologies of the North Atlantic countries. The existence of global disciplinary hierarchies is undeniable, given the dominance of English as a language of scholarly communication and differences in the opportunities available for international mobility to scholars from the South who have not studied outside their countries of nationality. Some ‘native’ anthropologists also began to argue that their distinctive perspectives were actually being ‘silenced’ by North Atlantic dominance (Krotz 1997). Latin American critics called for global reappraisal of how all anthropological thinking might be enriched by reflection on differences of vision between North Atlantic anthropology and the anthropologies of the former colonial worlds (Restrepo &amp;amp; Escobar 2005; Escobar &amp;amp; Ribeiro 2006). They argue that the ‘hegemonic’ anthropologies remained limited by Eurocentric or even ‘orientalising’ thinking (Velho 2003) and that disciplinary decolonisation entailed ‘provincializing Europe’ (Chakrabarty 2008).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Latin American state-building projects had their own internal colonial dimensions, and Latin American countries have their own academic hierarchies that are influenced, in terms of ideas as well as career possibilities, by class and ethno-racial inequalities. The decolonising critique is not about closing off regional anthropologies from the wider conceptual and comparative thinking that has always influenced their development, but about enhancing their contribution to developing more universal understandings of the human past, present and possible futures. White supremacist ideas are regaining traction in Europe and North America. Anthropology cannot challenge those ideas effectively unless it is purged of all remaining Eurocentrism. Critics of ‘hegemonic anthropologies’ call for more South-South dialogues but also for anthropologists based in the North to reflect on what different scholarly communities consider strategic objectives for anthropological research and the different perspectives on issues that they may offer. The aim of decolonising anthropology is not to promote ‘&lt;em&gt;ressentiment&lt;/em&gt; or nativism’ (Restrepo &amp;amp; Escobar 2005: 485) but to build a more inclusive international and intercultural ‘conversation’ about knowledge, power, and the future of anthropology everywhere (Narotzky 2014).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Adams, R.N. 1970. &lt;em&gt;Crucifixion by power: essays on Guatemalan national social structure, 1944–1966&lt;/em&gt;. Austin: University of Texas Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Adler de Lomnitz, L. 1977. &lt;em&gt;Networks and marginality: life in a Mexican shantytown&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Academic Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Aguirre Beltrán, G. 1946. &lt;em&gt;La población negra de México, 1519-1810: estudio etnohistórico.&lt;/em&gt; Mexico City: Ediciones Fuente Cultural.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Albert, V. 2016. &lt;em&gt;The limits to citizen power: participatory democracy and the entanglements of the state.&lt;/em&gt; London: Pluto Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Allen, T.W. 2014. &lt;em&gt;The invention of the white race: the origin of racial oppression in Anglo-America&lt;/em&gt;, vol. 2. London: Verso Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Alvarez, S.E. 1990. &lt;em&gt;Engendering democracy in Brazil: women’s movements in transition politics.&lt;/em&gt; Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Archetti, E. 2006. How many centers and peripheries in anthropology? A critical vision of France. In &lt;em&gt;World anthropologies: disciplinary transformations within systems of power&lt;/em&gt; (eds) G.L. Ribeiro &amp;amp; A. Escobar, 113-32. New York: Berg Publishers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Argyriadis, K. 2014. Católicos, apostólicos y no-satánicos: Representaciones contemporáneas en México y construcciones locales (Veracruz) del culto a la Santa Muerte. &lt;em&gt;Revista Cultura y Religión &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;8&lt;/strong&gt;, 191-218.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Arizpe, L. &amp;amp; J. Aranda. 1981. The ‘comparative advantages’ of women’s disadvantages: women workers in the strawberry export agribusiness in Mexico. &lt;em&gt;Signs&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;7&lt;/strong&gt;, 453-73.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Assies, W. 1999. Theory, practice and ‘external actors’ in the making of new urban social movements in Brazil. &lt;em&gt;Bulletin of Latin American Research&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;18&lt;/strong&gt;, 211-26.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Assies, W., G. Van der Haar &amp;amp; A. Hoekema 2000. &lt;em&gt;The challenge of diversity: indigenous peoples and reform of the state in Latin America.&lt;/em&gt; Amsterdam: Thela Thesis.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Auyero, J. 2000. The logic of clientelism in Argentina: an ethnographic account. &lt;em&gt;Latin American Research Review&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;35&lt;/strong&gt;, 55-81.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Barcellos, C. &amp;amp; A. Zaluar 2014. Homicides and territorial struggles in Rio de Janeiro favelas. &lt;em&gt;Revista de Saúde Publica &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;48&lt;/strong&gt;, 94-102.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Bartra, R. 1976. &lt;em&gt;Caciquismo y poder político en el México rural.&lt;/em&gt; Mexico City: Siglo Veintiuno Editores.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;———1996. &lt;em&gt;Guerrero bronco: campesinos, ciudadanos y guerrilleros en la Costa Grande&lt;/em&gt;. Mexico City: Ediciones Era.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Besserer, F. 2004. &lt;em&gt;Topografías transnacionales: hacia una geografía de la vida transnacional&lt;/em&gt;. Mexico City: Universidad Autónoma Metropolitana and Plaza y Valdés.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Binford, L. 1996. &lt;em&gt;The El Mozote massacre: anthropology and human rights&lt;/em&gt;. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Biondi, K. 2016. &lt;em&gt;Sharing this walk: an ethnography of prison life and the PCC in Brazil.&lt;/em&gt; Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Boccara, G. 2002. Colonización, resistencia y etnogénesis en las fronteras americanas. In &lt;em&gt;Colonización, resistencia y mestizaje en las Américas&lt;/em&gt; (Siglos XVI-XX) (ed.) G. Boccara, 47-82. Quito &amp;amp; Lima: Editorial Abya Yala &amp;amp; Instituto Francés de Estudios Andinos.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Bonfil Batalla, G. 1996. &lt;em&gt;México profundo: reclaiming a civilization&lt;/em&gt; (trans. P.A. Dennis). Austin: University of Texas Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Caldeira, T.P. 2000. &lt;em&gt;City of walls: crime, segregation, and citizenship in São Paulo. &lt;/em&gt;Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Canessa, A. 2014. Conflict, claim and contradiction in the new ‘indigenous’ state of Bolivia. &lt;em&gt;Critique of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;34&lt;/strong&gt;,153-173.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Cavalcanti, M. 2009. Do barraco à casa: tempo, espaço e valor(es) em uma favela consolidada. &lt;em&gt;Revista Brasileira de Ciências Sociais&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;24&lt;/strong&gt;, 69-80.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Cecchetto, F.R., J. Muniz de Oliveira &amp;amp; Rodrigo Monteiro de Araujo 2018. Basta tá do lado: a construção social do envolvido com o crime. &lt;em&gt;Caderno CRH&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;31&lt;/strong&gt;, 99-116.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Chakrabarty, D. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Provincializing Europe: postcolonial thought and historical difference&lt;/em&gt; (2&lt;sup&gt;nd&lt;/sup&gt; ed.). Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Collins, J.L. 2003. &lt;em&gt;Threads: gender, labor, and power in the global apparel industry&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Coronil, F. 2003. Naturaleza del poscolonialismo: del eurocentrismo al globocentrismo. In &lt;em&gt;La Colonialidad del saber: eurocentrismo y ciencias sociales. Perspectivas latinoamericanas&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) E. Lander, 87-111. Buenos Aires: Clacso (available online: &lt;a href=&quot;http://ecopoliticavenezuela.org/biblioteca/textos/Naturaleza%20del%20poscolonialismo.%20Fernando%20Coronil.pdf&quot;&gt;http://ecopoliticavenezuela.org/biblioteca/textos/Naturaleza%20del%20poscolonialismo.%20Fernando%20Coronil.pdf&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 6 May 2018.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Cotler, J. 2005. &lt;em&gt;Clases, estado y nación en el Perú&lt;/em&gt;. Lima: Instituto de Estudios Peruanos.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Cummings, J. 2015. Confronting favela chic: the gentrification of informal settlements in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. In &lt;em&gt;Global gentrifications: uneven development and displacement&lt;/em&gt; (eds) L. Lees, H. B. Shin &amp;amp; E. López-Morales, 81–99. Bristol: Policy Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;De la Cadena, M. 2005. Are mestizos hybrids? The conceptual politics of Andean identities. &lt;em&gt;Journal of Latin American Studies&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;37&lt;/strong&gt;, 259-84.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;——— 2010. Indigenous cosmopolitics in the Andes: conceptual reflections beyond ‘politics’. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;25&lt;/strong&gt;, 334-70.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;De la Maza Cabrera, F. &amp;amp; C.F. Bolomey Córdova 2019. Persistence and changes in state dependence in a Mapuche indigenous territory, Chile. &lt;em&gt;Critique of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;40&lt;/strong&gt;, 146–68.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;De la Peña, G. 2005. Social and cultural policies toward indigenous peoples: perspectives from Latin America. &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;34&lt;/strong&gt;, 717–39.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Degregori, C. I. 1991. How difficult it is to be God: ideology and political violence in Sendero Luminoso (trans. D. Arnold, J. de D. Yapita &amp;amp; O. Harris). &lt;em&gt;Critique of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;11&lt;/strong&gt;, 233-50.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Dussel, E., J. Krauel &amp;amp; V.C. Tuma 2000. Europe, modernity, and eurocentrism. &lt;em&gt;Nepantla: Views from South&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;, 465-78.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Escobar, A. 2015. Territorios de diferencia: la ontología política de los ‘derechos al territorio’. &lt;em&gt;Cuadernos de Antropología Social&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;41&lt;/strong&gt;, 25-38.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;——— &amp;amp; G.L. Ribeiro (eds) 2006. &lt;em&gt;World anthropologies: disciplinary transformations within systems of power. &lt;/em&gt;Oxford: Berg.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Feltran, G. de S. 2008. The management of violence on the São Paulo periphery. &lt;em&gt;Vibrant: Virtual Brazilian Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;7&lt;/strong&gt;, 109-34.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Fernández-Kelly, P. 2006. Introduction. In &lt;em&gt;Political action and the informal economy in Latin America&lt;/em&gt; (eds) P. Fernández-Kelly &amp;amp; J. Shefner, 1-22. University Park: The Pennsylvania State University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Farmer, P. 2004. &lt;em&gt;Pathologies of power: health, human rights, and the new war on the poor&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Fine-Dare, K.S. &amp;amp; S. Rubenstein (eds) 2009. &lt;em&gt;Border crossings: transnational Americanist anthropology.&lt;/em&gt; Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Florescano, E. &amp;amp; V. García Acosta (eds) 2004. &lt;em&gt;Mestizajes tecnológicos y cambios culturales en México&lt;/em&gt;. Mexico City: CIESAS.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Freeman, J. &amp;amp; M. Burgos 2017. Accumulation by forced removal: the thinning of Rio de Janeiro’s favelas in preparation for the Games. &lt;em&gt;Journal of Latin American Studies&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;49&lt;/strong&gt;, 549-77.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Freyre, G. 1986 [1933]. &lt;em&gt;The masters and the slaves: A study in the development of Brazilian civilization&lt;/em&gt; (trans S. Putnam). 2&lt;sup&gt;nd&lt;/sup&gt; English ed. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Friedmann, H., &amp;amp; P. McMichael 1989. Agriculture and the state system: the rise and decline of national agricultures, 1870 to the present. &lt;em&gt;Sociologia Ruralis&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;XXIX&lt;/strong&gt;, 93–117.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Friedrich, P. 1986. &lt;em&gt;The princes of Naranja: an essay in anthrohistorical method&lt;/em&gt;. Austin: University of Texas Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Gamio, M. 2010 [1916]. &lt;em&gt;Forjando patria: Pro-nacionalismo&lt;/em&gt;. Boulder: University Press of Colorado.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;García Canclini, N. 1995. &lt;em&gt;Hybrid cultures: Strategies for entering and leaving modernity&lt;/em&gt;. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Glazer, M., R.D. Baer, S.C. Weller, J.E.G. de Alba &amp;amp; S.W. Liebowitz 2004. Susto and soul loss in Mexicans and Mexican Americans. &lt;em&gt;Cross-Cultural Research&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;38&lt;/strong&gt;, 270–88.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Glick Schiller, N. &amp;amp; G.E. Fouron 1999. Terrains of blood and nation: Haitian transnational social fields. &lt;em&gt;Ethnic and Racial Studies&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;22&lt;/strong&gt;, 340-66.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Goldstein, Daniel M. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Outlawed: between security and rights in a Bolivian city&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Goldstein, Donna M. 2003. &lt;em&gt;Laughter out of place: race, class, violence, and sexuality in a Rio shantytown&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;González de la Rocha, M. 2004. De los ‘recursos de la pobreza’ a la ‘pobreza de recursos’ y las ‘desventajas acumuladas’. &lt;em&gt;Latin American Research Review&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;39&lt;/strong&gt;, 192-5.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Gordillo, G. &amp;amp; S. Hirsch 2003. Indigenous struggles and contested identities in Argentina: histories of invisibilization and reemergence. &lt;em&gt;The Journal of Latin American Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;8&lt;/strong&gt;, 4-30.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Graham, S. 2011. &lt;em&gt;Cities under siege: the new military urbanism&lt;/em&gt;. London: Verso Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Gruzinski, S. 2013. &lt;em&gt;The mestizo mind: the intellectual dynamics of colonization and globalization.&lt;/em&gt; New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Guimarães, A.S.A. 2003. Acesso de negros às universidades públicas. &lt;em&gt;Cadernos de Pesquisa&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;118&lt;/strong&gt;, 247-68.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Gutmann, M.C. 2006. &lt;em&gt;The meanings of macho: being a man in Mexico City&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Hale, C.R. 2006. &lt;em&gt;Más que un indio: Racial ambivalence and neoliberal multiculturalism in Guatemala&lt;/em&gt;. Santa Fe: School of American Research Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;He, L. 2018. Desert Defenders. &lt;em&gt;Index on Censorship&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;47&lt;/strong&gt;, 50-2.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Hewitt de Alcántara, C. 1984. &lt;em&gt;Anthropological perspectives on rural Mexico&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Jimeno, M. 2007. Naciocentrismo: tensiones y configuración de estilos en la antropología sociocultural colombiana. &lt;em&gt;Revista Colombiana de Antropología&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;43&lt;/strong&gt;, 9-32.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Kay, C. 1982. Achievements and contradictions of the Peruvian agrarian reform. &lt;em&gt;The Journal of Development Studies&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;18&lt;/strong&gt;, 141-70.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Kearney, M. 1991. &lt;em&gt;Reconceptualizing the peasantry: anthropology in global perspective&lt;/em&gt;. Boulder, Colo.: Westview Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Koch, A., C. Brierley, M.M. Maslin &amp;amp; S.L. Lewis 2019. Earth system impacts of the European arrival and Great Dying in the Americas after 1492. &lt;em&gt;Quaternary Science Reviews&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;207&lt;/strong&gt;, 13-36.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Krotz, E. 1997. Anthropologies of the South: their rise, their silencing, their characteristics (trans. M. Mayer). &lt;em&gt;Critique of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;17&lt;/strong&gt;, 237-51.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;﻿Le Bot, Y. 1992. &lt;em&gt;La guerre en terre maya: communauté, violence et modernité au Guatemala&lt;/em&gt;. Paris: Karthala.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Leyva Solano, X. &amp;amp; G. Ascencio Franco 1996. &lt;em&gt;Lacandonia al filo del agua&lt;/em&gt;. Mexico City: CIESAS.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Lewis, O. 1959. &lt;em&gt;Five families: Mexican case studies in the culture of poverty&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Basic Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;———1966. &lt;em&gt;La vida: a Puerto Rican family in the culture of poverty - San Juan and New York&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Random House.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Lima, D.N. de O. 2007. ‘Trabalho’, ‘mudança de vida’ e ‘prosperidade’ entre fiéis da Igreja Universal do Reino de Deus. &lt;em&gt;Religião &amp;amp; Sociedade&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;27&lt;/strong&gt;, 132-55.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Lomnitz-Adler, C. 1992. &lt;em&gt;Exits from the labyrinth: culture and ideology in the Mexican national space&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Low, S.M. 1996. The anthropology of cities: imagining and theorizing the city. &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;25&lt;/strong&gt;, 383-409.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Machado da Silva, L.A. &amp;amp; M.P. Leite 2007. Violência, crime e polícia: o que os favelados dizem quando falam desses temas? &lt;em&gt;Sociedade e Estado&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;22&lt;/strong&gt;, 545-91.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;﻿Maldonado Aranda, S. 2005. Between law and arbitrariness: labour union caciques in Mexico. In &lt;em&gt;Caciquismo in twentieth-century Mexico&lt;/em&gt; (eds) A. Knight &amp;amp; W. Pansters, 227-48. London: Institute for the Study of the Americas.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Malkin, V. 2004. ‘We go to get ahead’: gender and status in two Mexican migrant communities. &lt;em&gt;Latin American Perspectives&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;31&lt;/strong&gt;, 75-99.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Manning, P. 1990. The slave trade: the formal demography of a global system. &lt;em&gt;Social Science History&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;14&lt;/strong&gt;, 255-79.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Mariategui, J. C. 1971 [1928]. &lt;em&gt;Seven interpretive essays on Peruvian reality&lt;/em&gt; (trans J. Basadre). Austin: University of Texas Press (available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.marxists.org/archive/mariateg/works/7-interpretive-essays/index.htm&quot;&gt;https://www.marxists.org/archive/mariateg/works/7-interpretive-essays/index.htm&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 20 September 2019.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Martí, J. 1891. &lt;em&gt;Our America&lt;/em&gt; (trans E. Allen) (available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.josemarti.cu/publicacion/nuestra-america-version-ingles/&quot;&gt;http://www.josemarti.cu/publicacion/nuestra-america-version-ingles/&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 25 September 2019.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Mathews, G., G.L. Ribeiro &amp;amp; C.A. Vega (eds) 2012. &lt;em&gt;Globalization from below: the world&#039;s other economy.&lt;/em&gt; New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Monteiro, J. 2012. Rethinking Amerindian resistance and persistence in colonial Portuguese America. In &lt;em&gt;New approaches to resistance in Brazil and Mexico&lt;/em&gt; (eds) J. Gledhill and P.A. Schell, 25-43. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Mignolo, W. 2000. The many faces of cosmo-polis: border thinking and critical cosmopolitanism. &lt;em&gt;Public Culture&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;12&lt;/strong&gt;, 721-48.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Mintz, S.W. 1974. The Caribbean region. &lt;em&gt;Daedalus&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;103&lt;/strong&gt;, 45-71.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Monárrez Fragoso, J.E. 2010. The victims of Ciudad Juárez feminicide (trans S. Koopman). In &lt;em&gt;Terrorizing women: feminicide in the Américas&lt;/em&gt; (eds) R-L Fregoso &amp;amp; C. Bejarano, 59-69. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Moser, C.O.N. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Ordinary families, extraordinary lives: assets and poverty reduction in Guayaquil, 1978-2004&lt;/em&gt;. Washington, DC: Brookings Institution Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Murra, J.V. 1980 [1956]. &lt;em&gt;The economic organization of the Inka state&lt;/em&gt;. Greenwich: JAI Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Narotzky, S. 2014. Weaving knowledge histories around political engagement: a story of anthropological understanding. &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;116&lt;/strong&gt;, 668-72.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Nash, J.C. 2001 [1989]. Cultural resistance and class consciousness in Bolivian tin-mining communities. In &lt;em&gt;Power and popular protest: Latin American social movements&lt;/em&gt; (ed., 2&lt;sup&gt;nd&lt;/sup&gt; edition) S. Eckstein, 182–202. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;——— 2002. &lt;em&gt;Mayan visions: the quest for autonomy in an age of globalization&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Nugent, S. 1993. &lt;em&gt;Amazonian caboclo society: an essay on invisibility and peasant economy&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Berg Publishers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Ortiz, F. 1995 [1940]. &lt;em&gt;Cuban counterpoint: tobacco and sugar &lt;/em&gt;(trans. H. de Onis). Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;﻿Pansters, W. 2005. Building a cacicazgo in a neoliberal university. In &lt;em&gt;Caciquismo in twentieth-century Mexico&lt;/em&gt; (eds) A. Knight &amp;amp; W. Pansters, 296-326. London: Institute for the Study of the Americas.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Pechlaner, G. &amp;amp; G. Otero 2010. The neoliberal food regime: neoregulation and the new division of labor in North America. &lt;em&gt;Rural Sociology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;75&lt;/strong&gt;, 179-208.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Perlman, J.E. 1979. &lt;em&gt;The myth of marginality: urban poverty and politics in Rio de Janeiro&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;——— 2006. The metamorphosis of marginality: four generations in the favelas of Rio de Janeiro. &lt;em&gt;The ANNALS of the American Academy of Political and Social Science&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;606&lt;/strong&gt;, 154-177.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Pinheiro-Machado, R. &amp;amp; L.M. Scalco. 2018. Da esperança ao ódio: juventude, política e pobreza do Lulismo ao Bolsonarismo. &lt;em&gt;Caderno IHUideas&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;16&lt;/strong&gt;, 1-13.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Poole, D. &amp;amp; G. Rénique 1992. &lt;em&gt;Peru: time of fear&lt;/em&gt;. London: Latin American Bureau.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Postero, N. 2017. &lt;em&gt;The indigenous state: race, politics and performance in plurinational Bolivia&lt;/em&gt;. Oakland: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Prandi, R. 2000. African gods in contemporary Brazil: a sociological introduction to Candomblé today. &lt;em&gt;International Sociology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;15&lt;/strong&gt;, 641-63.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Ramos, A.R. 1994. The hyperreal Indian. &lt;em&gt;Critique of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;14&lt;/strong&gt;, 153-71.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;———2012. The politics of perspectivism. &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;41&lt;/strong&gt;, 481-94.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Rappaport, J. &amp;amp; R.V.H. Dover 1996. The construction of difference by native legislators: assessing the impact of the Colombian constitution of 1991. &lt;em&gt;Journal of Latin American Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;, 22-45.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Ratier, H.E. 2010. La antropología social argentina: su desarrollo. &lt;em&gt;Publicar&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;8&lt;/strong&gt;, 17-46.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Redfield, R. 1950. &lt;em&gt;Cham Kom: a village that chose progress&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;———1956. &lt;em&gt;The little community and peasant society and culture&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Restrepo, E. &amp;amp; A. Escobar 2005. Other anthropologies and anthropology otherwise: steps to a world anthropologies framework. &lt;em&gt;Critique of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;25&lt;/strong&gt;, 99-129.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Ribeiro, D. &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; 1970. The culture-historical configurations of the American peoples (with comments, reviews and reply). &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;11&lt;/strong&gt;, 403-34.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Ribeiro, D. 1995. &lt;em&gt;The Brazilian people: the formation and meaning of Brazil&lt;/em&gt; (trans. G. Rabassa). Gainesville: University of Florida Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Rivera Cusicanqui, S. 1993. Anthropology and society in the Andes: themes and issues (trans. J. Gillet). &lt;em&gt;Critique of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;13&lt;/strong&gt;, 77-96.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;———1999. Sendas y senderos de la ciencia social andina. &lt;em&gt;Dispositio&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;24&lt;/strong&gt;, 149-69.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Roberts, B. 1978. &lt;em&gt;Cities of peasants: the political economy of urbanization in the Third World.&lt;/em&gt; London: Edward Arnold.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Roniger, L. 1987. Caciquismo and coronelismo: Contextual dimensions of patron brokerage in Mexico and Brazil. &lt;em&gt;Latin American Research Review&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;22&lt;/strong&gt;, 71-99.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Roosevelt, A.C. 1999. The development of prehistoric complex societies: Amazonia, a Tropical Forest. &lt;em&gt;Archaeological Papers of the American Anthropological Association&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;9&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 13-33.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Rouse, R. 1991. Mexican migration and the social space of postmodernism. &lt;em&gt;Diaspora: A Journal of Transnational Studies &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;, 8-23.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Rubin, J.W. 1997. &lt;em&gt;Decentering the regime: ethnicity, radicalism, and democracy in Juchitán, Mexico.&lt;/em&gt; Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Rus, J., R.A. Hernández Castillo &amp;amp; S.L. Mattiace (eds) 2003. &lt;em&gt;Mayan lives, Mayan utopias: the indigenous peoples of Chiapas and the Zapatista rebellion&lt;/em&gt;. Lanham: Rowan &amp;amp; Littlefield Publishers, Inc.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Schryer, F. J. 1990. &lt;em&gt;Ethnicity and class conflict in rural Mexico&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Shukla, S. &amp;amp; H. Tinsman (eds) 2007. &lt;em&gt;Imagining our Americas: toward a transnational frame.&lt;/em&gt; Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Sieder, R. (ed.) 2002. &lt;em&gt;Multiculturalism in Latin America: indigenous rights, diversity and democracy&lt;/em&gt;. Basingstoke: Macmillan.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Silverblatt, I.M. 1987. &lt;em&gt;Moon, sun, and witches: gender ideologies and class in Inca and Colonial Peru&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Smith, C. 1999. Why write an exposé of Rigoberta Menchú? &lt;em&gt;Latin American Perspectives&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;26&lt;/strong&gt;, 15-28.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Smith, G., 1991. &lt;em&gt;Livelihood and resistance: peasants and the politics of land in Peru.&lt;/em&gt; Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Smith, N. 2002. New globalism, new urbanism: gentrification as global urban strategy. &lt;em&gt;Antipode&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;34&lt;/strong&gt;, 427-50.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Souza, J. 2000. Gilberto Freyre e a singularidade cultural brasileira. &lt;em&gt;Tempo Social&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;12&lt;/strong&gt;, 69-100.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Speed, S., R.A. Hernández Castillo &amp;amp; L. Stephen 2006. &lt;em&gt;Dissident women: gender and cultural politics in Chiapas&lt;/em&gt;. Austin: University of Texas Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Starn, O. 1991. Missing the revolution: anthropologists and the war in Peru. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;6&lt;/strong&gt;, 63-91.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Stephen, L. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Women and social movements in Latin America: power from below&lt;/em&gt;. Austin: University of Texas Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;﻿Stocking, G.W. 1982. Afterword: a view from the center. &lt;em&gt;Ethnos&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;47&lt;/strong&gt;, 172-86.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Vasconcelos, J. 1948 [1925]. &lt;em&gt;La raza cósmica: misión de la raza iberoamericana&lt;/em&gt; (2nd ed.). Buenos Aires: Espasa-Calpe.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Velho, O. 2003. A pictografia da tristesse: uma antropologia do nation-building nos trópicos. &lt;em&gt;Ilha&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;5&lt;/strong&gt;, 5–22 (republished in English in Escobar, A. &amp;amp; G. L. Ribeiro (eds) 2006. &lt;em&gt;World anthropologies: disciplinary transformations within systems of power. &lt;/em&gt;Oxford: Berg).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Vergara-Camus, L. 2014. &lt;em&gt;Land and freedom: The MST, the Zapatistas and peasant alternatives to neoliberalism&lt;/em&gt;. London: Zed Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Vértiz de la Fuente, C. 2019. El Compromiso de León-Portilla. &lt;em&gt;Proceso&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;2240&lt;/strong&gt;, 58-62 (available online: ﻿&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.proceso.com.mx/602805/el-compromiso-de-leon-portilla&quot;&gt;https://www.proceso.com.mx/602805/el-compromiso-de-leon-portilla&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 9 October 2019.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Viveiros de Castro, E. 1998. Cosmological deixis and Amerindian perspectivism. &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;4&lt;/strong&gt;, 469-88.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Wade, P. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Race and Ethnicity in Latin America&lt;/em&gt; (2&lt;sup&gt;nd&lt;/sup&gt; ed.) London: Pluto Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Walker, C.F. 2014. &lt;em&gt;The Tupac Amaru rebellion&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Warman A., M. Nolasco, G. Bonfil, M. Olivera &amp;amp; E. Valencia 1970. &lt;em&gt;De eso que llaman antropología mexicana&lt;/em&gt;. Mexico City: Editorial Nuestro Tiempo.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Warman, A., 1980. &lt;em&gt;We come to object: the peasants of Morelos and the national state&lt;/em&gt; (trans. S.K. Ault). Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Warren, K.B. 1998. &lt;em&gt;Indigenous movements and their critics: Pan-Maya activism in Guatemala&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Willis, G.D. 2015. &lt;em&gt;The killing consensus: police, organized crime and the regulation of life and death in urban Brazil&lt;/em&gt;. Oakland: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Wilson, R. 1995. &lt;em&gt;Maya resurgence in Guatemala: Q&#039;eqchi&#039; experiences&lt;/em&gt;. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Wolf, E.R. 1957. Closed corporate peasant communities in Mesoamerica and Central Java. &lt;em&gt;Southwestern Journal of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;13&lt;/strong&gt;, 1-18.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;———1986. The vicissitudes of the closed corporate peasant community. &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;13&lt;/strong&gt;, 325-9.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Zaluar, A. 2010. Youth, drug traffic and hypermasculinity in Rio de Janeiro. &lt;em&gt;Vibrant - Virtual Brazilian Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;7&lt;/strong&gt;, 7–27.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Zárate Vidal, M. 1998. &lt;em&gt;En busca de la comunidad: identidades recreadas y organización campesina en Michoacán&lt;/em&gt;. Zamora: El Colegio de Michoacán AC.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;John Gledhill is Emeritus Professor of Social Anthropology at the University of Manchester and a Fellow of the British Academy and Academy of Social Sciences. He has published in English, Spanish and Portuguese on his ethnographic and historical research in Brazil and Mexico and also writes on broader comparative issues.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Email: &lt;/em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;mailto:john.gledhill@manchester.ac.uk&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;john.gledhill@manchester.ac.uk&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;em&gt;, website: &lt;/em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://johngledhill.wordpress.com/&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;https://johngledhill.wordpress.com&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;em&gt;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Mon, 04 Jan 2021 10:40:45 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Felix Stein</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">1271 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Sport</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/sport</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/sport_1_medium_0.jpg?itok=pARrKfGr&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/body&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Body&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/capitalism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Capitalism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/games-play&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Games &amp;amp; Play&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/gender&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Gender&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/globalisation&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Globalisation&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/neoliberalism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Neoliberalism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-6&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/technology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Technology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-7&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/race-ethnicity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Race &amp;amp; Ethnicity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/niko-besnier&quot;&gt;Niko Besnier&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/susan-brownell&quot;&gt;Susan Brownell&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;University of Amsterdam and University of Missouri-St. Louis&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;14&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;May &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2019&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19sport&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/19sport&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Activities that one can retrospectively label as ‘sport’ have probably been part of human beings’ repertoire for millennia, but sports as we know them today are the product of a modernity that arose from the late eighteenth century at the juncture of civil society, industrial capitalism, muscular Christianity, and the colonial expansion of North Atlantic states. Today, it is deeply intertwined with neoliberal capital, media technology, and neocolonial relations between the Global South and the Global North, as well as structures of inequality within nation-states in the Global North. Despite its neglect as an anthropological subject, sport under all its guises, from its effect on individual bodies to its spectacular manifestations in the rituals of mega-events, is a perfect object for an anthropological analysis inspired by ritual theory, exchange theory, feminist anthropology, and ethnographic approaches to globalization.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sport in anthropology&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;All humans have probably engaged in sport-like activities since time immemorial, and today’s sports events and massive &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23infrastructure&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;infrastructures&lt;/a&gt; are simply the latest permutation of a relationship amongst sport, spectacle, and political power that harks back to antiquity in the Greek Olympic Games, Roman gladiator games and chariot races, and Mesoamerican ball court &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19games&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;games&lt;/a&gt;. Throughout the world and across the centuries, humans have engaged in rule-governed activities that exhibit certain features, the relative importance of which varies considerably across societies and contexts. These features include skill, physical exertion, sociality, pleasure, chance, theatricality, and competition. The task of surveying sport cross-culturally is hampered by the problem that the term ‘sport’ describes a category of activities that only coalesced in the West in the nineteenth century and was then carried around the globe by Western &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonialism&lt;/a&gt; and imperialism and later globalization (Guttmann 1994). Many languages did not have a term with an equivalent semantic value until they borrowed it from a European language (Besnier, Brownell &amp;amp; Carter 2017: 3).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Today, the category is highly contested because being defined as a sport makes an activity eligible for official recognition by powerful international sports organizations; these organizations, in turn, defend the borders of their membership by constantly revising their definition of sport. The two international sports organizations with the broadest multi-sport representation and greatest global influence, the International Olympic Committee (IOC) and the General Association of International Sport Federations (SportAccord), emphasise that sport should be characterised first and foremost by competition, reflecting contemporary popular understandings in the West. For heuristic purposes, we follow this dominant usage here, while acknowledging that thinking of competition as central to sport may impose a Western view on activities that their local practitioners may understand differently.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Understanding competition as central to sport implies that sport is typically enacted in public events underpinned by complex social organization, with the events being the most visible part of the total phenomenon. Behind the scenes, however, there may be a great deal of sport-like non-competitive physical activity, such as athletes’ daily practice routines. In other contexts, such as the fitness practices that have become widespread throughout the world since the 1980s, competition may not be central to most practitioners, although these practices can potentially be codified into sports such as competitive aerobics. Moreover, even the concept of competition is not straightforward, since in some societies competitions are ‘fixed’ to conform to their social organizations. For example, ritualised footraces, archery, and wrestling reinforced the authority of kings among the ancient Egyptians, Sumerians, and Hittites (Scanlon 2012). In the 1950s, the Gahuku-Gama of the Eastern Highlands of Papua New Guinea played a sport loosely based on rugby to settle disputes, and the game ended in a draw when elders, watching from the sidelines, deemed the dispute solved (Read 1965: 190). In Afghanistan in the 1970s, &lt;em&gt;khans&lt;/em&gt; (leaders) hosted &lt;em&gt;buzkashi&lt;/em&gt;, a horseback game in which riders compete to seize the carcass of a dead goat and carry it to a goal; the scores were decided by debate, and often the most powerful khan won the debate (Azoy 2011). In games of cricket in the Trobriand Islands in the 1970s, the home team always won (Leach 1976).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Late-eighteenth- and nineteenth-century archaeologists had embraced sports as a hallmark feature of ‘Western civilization’ because of the prominent place that Greek games in ancient Olympia and Roman gladiator games in the Coliseum occupied in the archaeological record. But the attempt to arrive at a definition of sport is an anachronism influenced by the fact that the global reach of activities labelled as ‘sport’ today means that what counts or doesn’t count as such is laden with social, cultural, political, and economic repercussions that did not exist in previous epochs. Rather than seeking to establish an all-encompassing definition, anthropological approaches are attentive to the questions of when a particular activity qualifies or not as a sport, for whom, and to what end.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A heated debate amongst &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historians&lt;/a&gt; has centred on whether the keeping of records is found in any other historical or cultural contexts, or whether it defined modern sport (Guttmann 2004). Indeed, the use of the English term ‘sport’ to denote an athletic activity governed by rules of competition first appeared in the Oxford English Dictionary in the 1860s, almost simultaneously with the concept of the sports record (Mandell 1976). But the definition of ‘record’ has also proven to be problematic: there are multiple examples of individuals being ranked by their number of victories in such diverse cultural contexts as the ancient pan-Hellenic Games and weightlifting in nineteenth-century Edo Japan. In societies without standardised measurements or timekeeping, it was difficult or impossible to measure sports records in ways we take for granted today. Efforts at record-keeping and quantification for purposes of comparison may not be modern, but what is decidedly modern is the keeping of local, national, world, and other such records that reflect the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17bureaucracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;bureaucratic&lt;/a&gt; structure of modern society since the nineteenth century.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Until recently, sport was a much more common topic of enquiry in history and sociology than in anthropology. In 1985, Kendall Blanchard and Alyce Cheska made the first attempt to define an anthropological approach to sport in &lt;em&gt;The anthropology of sport: an introduction&lt;/em&gt;. They took a multiple subfield approach and ran through a list of archaeological, biological, and cultural theories and concepts that could be applied to sports. The cultural approach was functionalist, i.e. seeking to explain the existence of a feature in terms of the need it is supposed to meet, and did not have the benefit of the feminist, postmodern, and critical cultural studies that were then getting underway in the discipline, so the ideas presented in the book were quickly considered outdated. A pioneer sport &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographer&lt;/a&gt; was Alan Klein, who documented baseball in the Dominican Republic (1991, 2014) and the U.S.–Mexico border (1997) as well as bodybuilding in Los Angeles (1993). By the twenty-first century, the number of ethnographically informed works on sport had increased significantly (for example, Carter 2011; Dyck 2012; Joo 2012; Kelly 2018; Laviolette 2011; Starn 2011; Thangaraj 2015).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One reason for the increase was that, more than ever before, sport plays an important role in people’s everyday lives as well as in economics and politics. Another was that sport operates on multiple scales, from intimate aspects of people’s lives to mega-events that bring together the entire world, such as the Olympic Games and the FIFA World Cup. Sport is therefore a particularly attractive field to ask how people’s local lives are intertwined with global processes, a question that stands at the centre of anthropology in the twenty-first century. It is also a productive lens through which anthropologists have studied other important questions about the nature of contemporary society and culture, such as the role of nationalism,  changing norms of gender and sexuality, and the growing role that particular forms of capitalism play in our everyday activities.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The emergence of modern sport&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In nineteenth-century Europe, many forms of sport-like activities preceded the emergence of modern sport. They had unwritten, locally specific rules and particular versions bore only a loose resemblance to others. In the 1840s, standardised ballgames emerged, primarily in elite British public schools, but for several decades their rules were unstable and they coexisted with the localised &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19games&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;games&lt;/a&gt; of the working classes (Kitching 2015). By the 1880s, national sport associations had codified the rules of most sports as we know them today and two institutions – clubs and schools – quickly began carrying them around the world along with &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonialism&lt;/a&gt; and imperialism. School sports became part and parcel of industrial capitalism as schools in Britain and Switzerland used them to attract the sons of the British old rank-based and new &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20money&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;money&lt;/a&gt;-based elites. Club sports followed as the now-grown sons established them wherever they settled as they expanded their global industrial footprint (Lanfranchi &amp;amp; Taylor 2001).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Local sports were incorporated into local, national, regional, and international systems that imitated the layers of the political structures emerging at the same time. Modern sports took shape alongside the rise of the nation-state, incorporating rites of nationalism such as flag raising, anthem singing, and parades, as is still evident at many sporting events. National athletic unions that oversaw multiple sports appeared in the last third of the nineteenth century. Although the events they organised were new, they were legitimated by grounding them in a romanticised past, a process that Eric Hobsbawm and Terence Ranger (1983) call the ‘invention of tradition’. This was the case of the revival of the Olympic Games in 1896, which was fuelled by the idealization of classical Greece that had accompanied the rise of modern &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democracy&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nationalism existed in an uneasy relationship with &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnicity&lt;/a&gt;. Folk sports that were standardised and incorporated into the emerging national structures – such as the national school system, the club or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20pros&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;professional&lt;/a&gt; sport system – held a higher status and were carried abroad along with colonial and imperial projects. Non-Western sports and the sports of ethnic minorities in the West were at a disadvantage. In 1964 judo was the first sport of non-Western origin to enter the Olympic Games (it did not become an official sport until 1972): often hailed as a ‘traditional oriental’ sport, it was actually invented in the 1880s by combining principles of Western physical education with Japanese martial arts (Niehaus 2006). The Chinese martial art of &lt;em&gt;wushu&lt;/em&gt; was not accepted onto the program for the Beijing 2008 Olympics despite the heavy pressure that the Chinese government exerted on the IOC (Brownell 2012a). For many ethnic sports, the price of exclusion from the international sport system is a concomitant exclusion from their national sport system, resulting in lack of funding, exclusion from school physical education, and the declining interest of younger generations. A few ethnically marked sports such as judo, wushu and Thai kickboxing (Muay Thai) have managed to thrive and spread internationally; others, such as traditional wrestling in Senegal and India, or &lt;em&gt;kabaddi&lt;/em&gt; in India, have maintained a national fan base on account of their intense identification with national and ethnic identities (Hann 2018; Alter 1992, 2000). Generally, however, Western cultural imperialism has replaced local sports with sports of Western origin throughout the world.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The disseminators of nineteenth- and early twentieth-century British and North American sports were fervent adherents of muscular Christianity, a form of Protestantism that idealised athleticism, virility, and discipline. They also firmly believed in their own superiority as white men, and used sport to justify &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21masculinity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;masculinism&lt;/a&gt;, nationalism, and colonialism (Mangan 1981). In the US sphere of influence, particularly East Asia, the Young Men’s Christian Association (YMCA), offered sports to young men (and to a lesser extent women) to convert them to Christianity (Gems 2006). Arguably, their more lasting contribution to world &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt; was not the diffusion of Christianity but the diffusion of British and North American sports, particularly rugby, football, and cricket (spread by the British), and baseball and basketball (spread by North Americans).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Well into the twentieth century, sport was deeply entangled with European colonialism and American imperialism. The racist ideology that undergirded colonialism and slavery extended into sport and generated the enduring stereotype of the ‘natural athlete’ who possesses physical prowess adapted to his ‘savage’ existence, although this stereotype had its opponents among those who believed in the physical superiority of the ‘civilized’ white man (Brownell 2008). Anthropologists have long rejected that &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt; is a biological category and demonstrated that race is a subjective interpretation of people’s superficial appearance, and these interpretations shape the reality of individuals being judged. Individuals may be naturally predisposed to certain forms of physical activity, but to say that entire groups are is nonsensical, because sports skills are the product of individual life histories shaped by social opportunities (Marks 2008: 395).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In schools, the military, and the police, colonisers taught sports to the colonised so as to instil in them what they considered civilised &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;values&lt;/a&gt;. Later, however, sport became a conduit for decolonization as the colonised appropriated sport toward their own ends. In some cases, the desire of colonised people to beat the coloniser at their own game led to a national passion for a sport. In the Caribbean, cricket games became the stage for anti-colonial &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt; against their British masters, as famously documented by Afro-Trinidadian intellectual C.L.R. James (2013). In other cases, the colonised adapted sports to their own social and cultural contexts. Such was the case with cricket in the Trobriand Islands off the coast of Papua New Guinea, made famous in &lt;em&gt;Trobriand Cricket&lt;/em&gt; (Leach 1976), a documentary that has delighted many anthropology undergraduates worldwide over the decades with its scenes of several dozen players dancing in military formation to songs loaded with sexual innuendos.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sport under capitalism and socialism&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; metropoles, sport replicated the class hierarchies on which industrial capitalism was based. In Britain, public-school-educated elites were anxious to distinguish their sporting activities from the rough-and-tumble and morally suspect working-class ballgames. By the 1870s, the government had regulated the punishing industrial work schedules and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;workers&lt;/a&gt; could finally enjoy some free time, and blue-collar boys and men enthusiastically took up the newly codified sports, particularly football, encouraged by factory owners who saw an opportunity to distract them away from social unrest and improve their work ethics (Munting 2003). As football became popular among workers, public schools gradually abandoned it in favour of rugby.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elites used arguments based on &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;moral&lt;/a&gt; imperatives to justify the role of sport in maintaining the social divide: the amateur ideal maintained that athletes should be motivated by fair play and honour and not by material interests and was alleged (incorrectly) to have been inherited from ancient Greece (Young 1984). Amateur rules excluded members of the working classes, whose participation in sport often depended on skipping work. Late nineteenth-century Britain saw the eruption of conflict over ‘broken time’, namely compensation for time away from work to engage in sport. The IOC, which has regulated the Olympic Games from their revival in 1896, forbade Olympic athletes from openly receiving payment for competing until the late 1980s (Llewellyn &amp;amp; Gleaves 2016). Continental European and North American IOC members sometimes chafed at the rigidity of British members on this point.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the twentieth century, as elite-level sport became increasingly commodified, social classes became polarised in a different way. In many &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20pros&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;professional&lt;/a&gt; sports, athletes now were largely of working-class or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnic&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racial&lt;/a&gt; minority (and later migrant) background, while team owners, managers, and other technocrats were overwhelmingly members of the elite classes. The class structure of sport thus reproduced that of nineteenth-century industrial capitalism, with athletes selling their labour for wages and capitalists owning the labourers, controlling contracts and setting wages. Only recently have court challenges and collective bargaining granted professional athletes greater control over their labour power. In the United States, most elite-level athletes have benefited from athletic scholarships to universities, where they are unremunerated despite generating huge revenues for the institutions (Gilbert 2016).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Even at the non-professional level, sport is deeply entangled in social-class politics. We owe the most systematic analysis of these dynamics to French sociologist Pierre Bourdieu (1984), who observed that members of the same social strata tend to gravitate towards the same kinds of sport and have little enthusiasm for (and sometimes despise) the sporting activities associated with other social classes, a process that he labelled ‘distinction’. Football in Britain and France, for example, appeals largely to the lower-middle and working classes, while elites prefer golf, tennis, and skiing. In some cases, these distinctions can be attributed to the resources required (e.g., for most people, skiing assumes the ability to travel, take time off work, and purchase expensive equipment), but in other cases material explanations are insufficient. Sport ‘choices’ thus have the effect of inscribing persons into a particular position in hierarchies of social class, race, ethnicity, gender, sexuality, and age.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In reaction to the class, gender, and ethnic distinctions that were already so deeply ingrained in ‘bourgeois’ sport in the early twentieth century, the Soviet Union, after its founding in 1917, attempted to develop an alternative socialist model of sport. Sport in the USSR was originally financed by industries and, after the 1950s, increasingly by the state, as the country began seeking sporting victories to demonstrate the superiority of socialism. State-supported athletes were derogatorily called ‘state shamateurs’ in the capitalist West for violating amateur rules, while socialist countries maintained that they were remunerated as soldiers, workers, or students. The West acquiesced in this fiction because international sports fields were one of the few meeting places where &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizens&lt;/a&gt; of the communist and capitalist worlds could come together.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Socialist nations further demonstrated their commitment to equality in sport by organising sporting events that showcased ethnic minorities. The USSR organised the first Central Asian Games in 1920, which inspired China’s National Games of Minority Nationalities, held quadrennially from 1953 to the present, featuring sports associated with the 55 officially recognised non-Han nationalities. The relationship between sport and ethnic identity was a legacy of the continental European traditions of folklore and ethnology that predominated in Russia and China: traditional sports counted amongst the local customs (along with &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25dance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;dances&lt;/a&gt;, rituals, and other practices) that scholars used to classify people into ethnic groups. However, these events clearly serve the assimilationist goals of the state (Liebold 2010).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In multicultural capitalist countries, indigenous minorities started using sports events as an identity-affirming political strategy in the 1970s. Indigenous peoples of Canada and the United States organised the first Arctic Winter Games in 1970 and the North American Indigenous Games in 1990. These competitions include both indigenous and global sports (Paraschak &amp;amp; Morgan 1997).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The neoliberal restructuring of sport&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the late twentieth century, the expanding global economy wiped out the socialist experiment (except for China, North Korea, and Cuba) and the inexorable increase of commercialization and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20pros&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;professionalism&lt;/a&gt; compelled international sport organizations to eliminate the amateur rules. In many parts of the world, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; economic policies privatised television channels, which found in the most popular sports a readily available and at-first inexpensive content with which to fill airtime. Corporate advertisers soon flocked to the new media platform, fuelling the escalation of television broadcasting rights fees. With it came an exponential rise in the wealth of elite clubs, sport federations, and top-level athletes and the dramatically uneven distribution of this wealth, as only a few sports are regularly televised and very few athletes earn enormous salaries. Corporate sponsorship of teams and events attracted multinational sources of capital into sports. Meanwhile, satellite television became commercial in 1982, bringing images of sporting glory to viewers in the Global South.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The wealth that today revolves around the most popular sports, such as football, rugby union, and basketball, has mobilised the yearning of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnically&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racially&lt;/a&gt; marginalised young men in the destitute urban settings of the Global North. In the inner cities of North America or the underprivileged suburbs of Western Europe, a career in sport was a way out of poverty. Very few actually made it, but ethnic and racial minorities came to numerically dominate some professional sports, such as basketball and American football in the United States, although the corporate structure of the sports continued to be dominated by wealthy white men.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;More than a century has passed since racist evolutionary theories were abandoned in anthropology, yet in popular culture the hyper-visibility of non-white athletes continues to provoke searches for biological factors that supposedly explain sports skills in terms of race. Sometimes the biological argument about an innate athletic gift is twisted to argue that people of European descent are still superior in the ways that count. For example, Pacific Island and Māori male rugby players are said to be extremely successful players thanks to their ‘natural’ talent, but they are widely branded as undisciplined, unreliable, and unteachable (Hokowhitu 2004; Besnier 2015). Race-based arguments erase the fact that athletic prowess is the result of extraordinary personal efforts, and that young women and men of colour may be disproportionately represented in sports because other paths to mobility are closed to them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Since the 1980s, clubs and teams of the most popular sports like football and basketball, now corporate entities, have been embroiled in a cutthroat competition for economic survival. They have recruited increasing numbers of players in the Global South. Concurrently, many economies in the former &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; world have collapsed as a result of the world’s turn to neoliberal economic policies, and entire countries have become emigrating societies. In this context, many young men, who have been particularly affected by shrinking &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;labour&lt;/a&gt; markets, dedicate themselves to sport with the dream of signing a contract with the top teams they watch on satellite television (Besnier &lt;em&gt;et al&lt;/em&gt;. 2018). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The transnational mobility of athletes has reconfigured the relationship between national identity and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizenship&lt;/a&gt;, as increasing numbers of athletes representing cities and nations are immigrants or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20child&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;children&lt;/a&gt; of immigrants. Some countries fast-track migrant athletes to citizenship, most blatantly oil-rich countries in the Persian Gulf, which have sometimes mounted teams consisting mostly of newly-minted citizens from the Global South while at the same time barring access to citizenship to low-level migrant workers who had toiled there for decades (Besnier, Brownell &amp;amp; Carter 2017: 219-22).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sports have become a battleground of racial conflicts, in which some athletes have used their hyper-visibility to protest discrimination, as illustrated in the protests in the United States since 2017 by African-American football players who ‘took a knee’ during the national anthem to protest racial oppression. The decision of team owners in the National Football League to ban the practice as ‘unpatriotic’ served as a reminder that the world of professional and international sport is a system that &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reproduces&lt;/a&gt; racial and other hierarchies extant in society. Although athlete protests have stimulated public debate about race in the United States, there is little evidence that longstanding power structures have been reformed in response.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sport, gender, and sex&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the West, most modern sports were a ‘male preserve’ at their inception and continued to be a last bastion of traditional &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21masculinity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;masculinity&lt;/a&gt; (Dunning 1986). In the early modern Olympic Games, women competed in sports that did not challenge Western ideals of femininity, such as figure skating and archery, but it was not until 1928 that a few running events were added for women, and not until 1964 that the first team sport, volleyball, was added. In the United States, gender inequality was not addressed until the US Congress enacted in 1972 sweeping legislation known as ‘Title IX’, whose effect on sport was the requirement that women’s sports in schools and universities be allocated the same funding as men’s sports. In contrast, sport in China after the 1949 Revolution quickly became a path to upward mobility for peasant women and never was a male preserve (Brownell 1995).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gender segregation is woven into the very fabric of modern sport. The common argument is that it ensures ‘fair’ competition, since men are thought to be stronger than women. However, there are sports in which women compete successfully with men, such as equestrian events, yet women were only allowed in an equestrian event at the 1952 Olympics. Men and women do not have to be separated by gender, as is evident in mixed-sex sports such as doubles in tennis or mixed-sex running relays. Women might also be competitive with men in some sports if they were divided by weight-class divisions rather than gender (Healy &lt;em&gt;et al&lt;/em&gt;. 2014).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;That the gender line is not just about fairness for female athletes is demonstrated by the fact that the world of sports has been a bastion of heterosexuality, characterised by strong homophobia, from the nineteenth century up to the present. It is ironic, because the Western all-male institutions meant to turn boys into men, such as public schools in Britain and the YMCA in the United States, tacitly encouraged surreptitious same-sex attractions that were forbidden in mainstream society (Gustav-Wrathall 1998). Still today, male professional sports and the international sports system display a homophobia that is in many ways more profound than that of mainstream society. Very few professional athletes have ‘come out’ of their own accord. This has prompted gay, lesbian, and transgender people to form their own associations and events, most prominently the Gay Games held every four years since 1982 (Symons 2010). Moreover, the clampdown on homosexuality has persisted even while rampant sexual abuse of both boys and girls has been endemic in sports and has been covered up by coaches and administrators, a reality that is only now undergoing widespread public examination. The most egregious example is the case of USA Gymnastics national team doctor Larry Nassar of Michigan State University, who was brought to justice in 2017–8 for assaulting hundreds of young female athletes over many years while the institutions turned a blind eye (Carr 2019). Taken as a whole, the history of sex, gender, and sexuality in modern sports reveals sport’s role in defending the gendered structures underpinning industrial capitalist society of the past century and a half, including a fundamental division between male and female, and compulsory heterosexuality.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The ongoing controversies over sex testing reveal the centrality of the gender paradigm in international sports up to the present. Sex testing dates back to the Cold War, when the International Association of Athletics Federations (IAAF) and the IOC instituted a visual exam and later a chromosome test for women on account of the suspicion that the communist block was fielding men masquerading as women in order to win medals. Political tensions were expressed in a gender idiom: questioning the sex of socialist women neutralised the political challenge posed by the gender equality in sport under socialism at a time when Western women were oppressed by the postwar cult of domesticity (Besnier, Brownell &amp;amp; Carter 2017: 129-34). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sex testing has never exposed a man competing as a woman, but it has identified, often in the worst possible way, a small number of athletes who are intersex; that is, who exhibit non-normative combinations of biological markers of sex (e.g., chromosomes, hormones, genitalia). Most are individuals with Complete Androgen Insensitivity Syndrome, which heightens their testosterone level, although this has never been shown to confer an athletic advantage. Those who are targeted are frequently athletes from the Global South, the best-known case being Caster Semenya, a South African runner who had won world and Olympic championships. The historical realignment of suspicion from the Soviet block to the Global South suggests that global geopolitics plays a role in sex testing in sport despite its appearance as neutral &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;science&lt;/a&gt; (Jordan-Young &amp;amp; Karkazis 2019).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sport as cultural performance&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sports take on the role of defending fundamental structures of power by putting those structures on public display in embodied form. Such public events are typically organised by elites, who try to control what is put on display so that their social status remains unchallenged. Contextualised in the classic anthropological theory of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20gifts&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;gift&lt;/a&gt;, sports events take on another dimension (Brownell &amp;amp; Besnier 2016). It is well-known that humans will go into deep &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24debt&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;debt&lt;/a&gt; to fund rituals and ceremonies. While this doesn’t make sense according to market economy logics, it is unproblematic in the context of a gift economy in which elites increase their prestige and strengthen alliances by organising extravagant events.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example, buzkashi in Afghanistan was deeply embedded in a gendered world of men and their competition for reputation through extravagant displays of generosity in grand gatherings during which buzkashi was played (Azoy 2011). Because the gatherings required considerable volunteer &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;labour&lt;/a&gt;, only a khan with a large network of kin and non-kin who owed him labour could pull off a buzkashi tournament. Similarly, summer Olympic Games would not be possible without the armies of volunteers who provide basic labour. More heads of state, CEOs of major corporations, billionaires, and celebrities attend Olympic Games than any other world event. There they lavishly entertain guests, display their influence, create relationships with new allies and partners, and seal deals with old ones. The dynamics of buzkashi festivals are found in the Olympics, but on a much grander scale, and critiques of the Olympics that only analyze them through market economic principles may be missing the point.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sports events enthral audiences because they are &lt;em&gt;cultural performances&lt;/em&gt;, namely condensed moments when participants consciously represent and evaluate &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;values&lt;/a&gt;, roles, and societal institutions (Singer 1959; Turner 1982, 1988). The most widely-read example of such a cultural performance is Clifford Geertz’s (1972) interpretation of cockfighting in Bali in the late 50s, as ‘a story the Balinese tell themselves about themselves’. The metaphors he employed to illuminate the Balinese enthusiasm for cockfights are frequently applied to sports events: they are a mirror for society, an expression of a culture as a whole, and a story that we tell ourselves about ourselves.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Three important theorists of cultural performances, Max and Mary Gluckman and Victor Turner, debated whether a sports event could qualify as a &lt;em&gt;secular ritual,&lt;/em&gt; a ritual-like behaviour not clearly associated with religious beliefs. They all concluded that sports do not qualify as rituals because they do not possess mystical or liminal qualities. However, subsequent scholars who conducted more research specifically on sports have found it enlightening to apply ritual theories to sports. In particular, they have emphasised that sports events may induce a sense of &lt;em&gt;communitas&lt;/em&gt;, a sentiment of solidarity and shared humanity. Scholars have asserted that the World Cup and Olympics create an ‘upsurge of fellow feeling, an epidemic of communitas’ (Dayan &amp;amp; Katz 1992: 196) and ‘an enhanced consciousness of humankind’ (Giulianotti &amp;amp; Robertson 2004: 558; see also Roche 2000; Rothenbuhler 1988).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;However, these scholars were based in sociology and media studies, while anthropologists were not part of this trend because, since the end of the 1980s, many have become critical of communitas as an overly optimistic concept that fails to recognise that not every participant and spectator is equally vested in the event. Who produces the performance and controls the symbols, whose agenda is served, and who is disadvantaged? Are common people being duped by the elites who organise big events? These questions would best be answered through &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; research, but to date there has been little ethnographic work on major sports events that has sought to understand the power &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; between elite organisers, spectators, and athletes and their networks. Perhaps predictably, such work has tended to show that the on-the-ground reality is not a simple divide between exploiter and exploited, because major events involve a large number of social groups, the relationships between them are complex and under constant negotiation. Disadvantaged groups can benefit from the media spotlight by drawing public attention to their causes in a way that is not possible under normal circumstances (Klausen 1999; Brownell 2012b; Lindsay 2014).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The competition in sports means that the results are unpredictable, and so athletes worldwide deploy a wide range of practices designed to deal with uncertainty and fate, some derived from local cultural contexts, others derived from global flows, blurring the distinction amongst religion, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19magic&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;magic&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;morality&lt;/a&gt;, gender, and bodily technique. Their practices include local magical practices (Gmelch 1978), revivalist religions such as Pentecostalism, which is increasingly popular amongst athletes from the Global South (Rial 2012; Guinness 2018; Kovač 2018), as well as sports techniques and training, the ideology of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; professionalism, and sport psychology. In the national sport of wrestling in Senegal, wrestlers employ the services of &lt;em&gt;marabouts&lt;/em&gt;, magico-religious specialists who prescribe potions, amulets, and rituals that merge &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18islam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Islamic&lt;/a&gt; and local cosmologies; but they combine the services of the marabouts with the hard training of an individualistic self and commercial sponsorship in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; mode (Hann 2018). Even when they emigrate to other countries to play &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20pros&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;professionally&lt;/a&gt;, indigenous New Zealand Māori rugby players call upon &lt;em&gt;mana&lt;/em&gt;, the supernatural power that draws from their connection to kinship, spirits, and land (Calabrò 2014). Young men from upper-middle and upper-class families in exclusive rugby clubs in Buenos Aires participate in a Christian spiritual movement with the logo of a cross inside a rugby ball. Outside the door of some clubs stands a statuette brought back from the Our Lady of Rugby chapel in southwest France (Fuentes 2018).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body enhancement and its limits&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sport has increasingly given us a glimpse into bodies of the future. The records for wheelchair athletes competing in track and road races are faster than those for runners on legs, but the clear separation between human and machine has enabled their segregation into their own divisions, such as the Paralympic Games. In 2015, the IAAF banned South African runner Oscar Pistorius, a lower-limb double amputee, from competing with the argument that the properties of the carbon-fiber prosthetic legs he wears gave him an unfair advantage, but he successfully sued and made it to the 400-metres semi-finals in the Rio 2016 Olympic Games. His case opened up entirely new &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethical&lt;/a&gt; dilemmas, but since no other Paralympian has achieved his level of success, Pistorius must be credited with a great deal of talent, whatever advantage his prostheses might have given him.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;However, new technologies may soon allow even average athletes to compete with top natural-limbed athletes. Gene doping, the non-therapeutic use of genetic enhancement to improve sports performance, does not yet exist, but genetic manipulation has produced ‘super-mice’ with superior strength and endurance. So far as we know this has not yet been tried on humans, but it was banned in 2003 as a preemptive strike by the World Anti-Doping Agency.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Clearly, the future holds novel technologies that will bring along increasingly complicated ethical dilemmas extending beyond the world of sports. Are we heading toward ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22transhumanism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;transhuman&lt;/a&gt; athletes’ who have exceeded the bounds of normal human capabilities (Miah 2010)? All elite athletes exceed the bounds of normal capabilities—whether because they are taller or shorter than average, have large lung capacity, or any number of other physical traits. In the future, maybe it will become common practice for average humans to seek genetic and prosthetic enhancement in order to succeed in sports, careers, and life. Should this be prohibited? If defending class and gender lines occupied the greater part of the attention of administrators of international sport in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, it may be that defending the line between what is ‘human’ and what is not will occupy them in the twenty-first century.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion: sport and scale&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By the beginning of the twenty-first century, the wealth that revolved around sport, particularly the major international sports, had become so huge and its presence in popular culture so powerful that the longstanding tendency amongst academics, journalists, and many politicians to dismiss it as inconsequential began to change. Critics of sport mega-events, particularly the FIFA World Cup and Olympic Games, became increasingly vocal, countering rhetoric about the potential of sport to contribute to a better world by publicising violations of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16rights&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;human rights&lt;/a&gt; common in the context of mega-events, such as mass evictions for construction, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23silence&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;silencing&lt;/a&gt; of dissidents, the exploitation of migrant &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;workers&lt;/a&gt;, and the corruption by government officials and the leaders of sport organizations. ‘Social responsibility’ in sport became a keyword taken up by sport organizations in response to the critics.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sport is somewhat unique in the repertoire of human activities in that it connects the intimacy of bodies, emotions, and personal projects to a global system of capital, world politics, and mega-spectacles. These connections operate on multiple fronts. For example, the collapse of economies in the Global South under pressure from &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; policies has destroyed labour markets, while the glamour of sport broadcast on satellite television fuel impossible dreams of sporting success among disenfranchised youth in these countries. Anthropologists are concerned to make sense of all the entanglements of the world in which we live, and sport distils them into clearer structures that can help us comprehend the complex whole.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Further reading&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Besnier, N., S. Brownell &amp;amp; T.F. Carter 2017. &lt;em&gt;The anthropology of sport: bodies, borders, biopolitics&lt;/em&gt;. Oakland: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Besnier, N. &amp;amp; S. Brownell 2012. Sport, modernity, and the body. &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;41&lt;/strong&gt;, 443-59.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Alter, J.S. 1992. &lt;em&gt;The wrestler’s body: identity and ideology in North India&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2000. Kabaddi, a national sport of India: the internationalization of nationalism and the foreignness of Indianness. In &lt;em&gt;Games, sports and cultures&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) N. Dyck, 81-115. Oxford: Berg.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Azoy, G.W. 2011 [1982]. &lt;em&gt;Buzkashi: game and power in Afghanistan&lt;/em&gt;. Long Grove, Ill.: Waveland.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Besnier, N. 2015. Sports mobilities across borders: postcolonial perspectives. &lt;em&gt;International Journal of the History of Sport&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;32&lt;/strong&gt;, 849-61.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———, D. Guinness, M. Hann &amp;amp; U. Kovač 2018. Rethinking masculinity in the neoliberal order: Cameroonian footballers, Fijian rugby players, and Senegalese wrestlers. &lt;em&gt;Comparative Studies in Society and History&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;60&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 839-72.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Blanchard, K. &amp;amp; A.T. Cheska 1985. &lt;em&gt;The anthropology of sport: an introduction&lt;/em&gt;. South Hadley, Mass.: Bergin &amp;amp; Garvey. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bourdieu, P. 1984 [1979]. &lt;em&gt;Distinction: a social critique of the judgement of taste&lt;/em&gt; (trans. R. Nice). Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Brownell, S. 1995. &lt;em&gt;Training the body for China: sports in the moral order of the People’s Republic&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— (ed.) 2008. &lt;em&gt;The 1904 Anthropology Days and Olympic Games: sport, race, and American imperialism&lt;/em&gt;. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2012a. Wushu and the Olympic Games: ‘combination of East and West’ or clash of body cultures? In &lt;em&gt;Perfect bodies:&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;sports, medicine and immortality &lt;/em&gt;(ed.) V. Lo, 61­-72. London: British Museum.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2012b. Human rights and the Beijing Olympics: imagined global community and the transnational public sphere. &lt;em&gt;British Journal of Sociology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;63&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 306-27.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; N. Besnier 2016. Do the Olympics make economic sense? The Olympic Games aren’t financially rational, but their value can be explained in other ways. &lt;em&gt;Sapiens. &lt;/em&gt;The Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthropological Research (available on-line: www.sapiens.org/culture/olympics-gift-economy/).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Calabrò, D.G. 2014. Beyond the All Blacks representations: the dialectic between the indigenization of rugby and postcolonial strategies to control Māori. &lt;em&gt;Contemporary Pacific&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;26&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 389-408.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Carr, E.L. &lt;em&gt;At the heart of gold: inside the USA Gymnastics scandal&lt;/em&gt; (prod. S. Ungerleider &amp;amp; D.C. Ulich). New York: HBO documentaries, 2019.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Carter, T.F. 2011. &lt;em&gt;In foreign fields: the politics and experiences of transnational sport migration&lt;/em&gt;. London: Pluto.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dayan, D. &amp;amp; E. Katz 1992. &lt;em&gt;Media events: the live broadcasting of history&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dunning, E. 1986. Sport as a male preserve: notes on the social sources of masculine identity and its transformations. In &lt;em&gt;Quest for excitement: sport and leisure in the civilizing process&lt;/em&gt; (eds) N. Elias &amp;amp; E. Dunning, 267-83. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dyck, N. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Fields of play: an ethnography of children’s sports&lt;/em&gt;. Toronto: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fuentes, S. 2018. Rugby, educación solidaria y riqueza en las elites de Buenos Aires: la construcción de una clase moral. &lt;em&gt;Etnográfica&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;22&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 53-73. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Geertz, C. 1972. Deep play: notes on the Balinese cockfight. &lt;em&gt;Dædalus&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;101&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 1-37. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gems, G. 2006. &lt;em&gt;The athletic crusade: sport and American cultural imperialism.&lt;/em&gt; Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gilbert, D.A. 2016. Not (just) about the money: contextualizing the labor activism of college football players. &lt;em&gt;American Studies&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;55&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 19-34.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Giulianotti, R. &amp;amp; R. Robertson 2004. The globalization of football: a study in the glocalization of the ‘serious life’. &lt;em&gt;British Journal of Sociology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;55&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 545-68.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gmelch, G. 1978. Baseball magic. &lt;em&gt;Human Nature&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;(8), 32-40. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Guinness, D. 2018. Corporal destinies: faith, ethno-nationalism, and raw talent in Fijian professional rugby aspirations. &lt;em&gt;HAU&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;8&lt;/strong&gt;(1-2), 314-28.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gustav-Wrathall, J.D. 1998. &lt;em&gt;Take the young stranger by the hand: same-sex relations and the YMCA&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Guttmann, A. 1994. &lt;em&gt;Games and empires: modern sports and cultural imperialism&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Guttmann, A. 2004 [1978]. &lt;em&gt;From ritual to record: the nature of modern sports&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hann, M. 2018. &lt;em&gt;Sporting aspirations: football, wrestling, and neoliberal subjectivity in urban Senegal.&lt;/em&gt; PhD thesis, Amsterdam Institute of Social Science Research, University of Amsterdam.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Healy, M. L., J. Gibney, C. Pentecost, M. J. Wheeler, &amp;amp; P. H. Sonksen 2014. Endocrine profiles in 693 elite athletes in the postcompetition setting. &lt;em&gt;Clinical Endocrinology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;81&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 294-305.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hobsbawm, E. &amp;amp; T. Ranger 1983. &lt;em&gt;The invention of tradition&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hokowhitu, B. 2004. Tackling Māori masculinity: a colonial genealogy of savagery and sport. &lt;em&gt;The Contemporary Pacific&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;16&lt;/strong&gt;, 259-84.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;James, C.L.R. 2013 [1953]. &lt;em&gt;Beyond a boundary&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Joo, R.M. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Transnational sport: gender, media, and global Korea&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jordan-Young, R. &amp;amp; K. Karkazis 2019. &lt;em&gt;Testosterone: an unauthorized biography&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kelly, W.W. 2018. &lt;em&gt;The sportsworld of the Hanshin Tigers: professional baseball in modern Japan&lt;/em&gt;. Oakland: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kitching, G. 2015. The origins of football: history, ideology and the making of ‘The People’s Game.’ &lt;em&gt;History Workshop Journal&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;79&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 127-53.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Klausen, A.M. (ed.) 1999. &lt;em&gt;Olympic Games as performance and public event: the case of the XVII Winter Olympic Games in Norway&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: Berghahn.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Klein, A. 1993a. &lt;em&gt;Sugarball: the American game, the Dominican dream&lt;/em&gt;. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1993b. &lt;em&gt;Little big men: bodybuilding subculture and gender construction&lt;/em&gt;. Albany: State University of New York Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1997. &lt;em&gt;Baseball on the border: a tale of two Laredos&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton, N.J.: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2014. &lt;em&gt;Dominican baseball: new pride, old prejudice&lt;/em&gt;. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kovač, U. 2018. &lt;em&gt;The precarity of masculinity: football, Pentecostalism, and transnational aspirations in Cameroon.&lt;/em&gt; PhD thesis, Amsterdam Institute of Social Science Research, University of Amsterdam.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lanfranchi, P. &amp;amp; M. Taylor. 2001. &lt;em&gt;Moving with the ball: the migration of professional footballers&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: Berg.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Laviolette, P. 2011. &lt;em&gt;Extreme landscapes of leisure&lt;/em&gt;. Farnham, U.K.: Ashgate.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Leach, J. 1976. &lt;em&gt;Trobriand cricket: an ingenious response to colonialism&lt;/em&gt; (prod. G. Gildea &amp;amp; J. Leach). Port Moresby: Papua New Guinea Office of Information.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Leibold, J. 2010. The Beijing Olympics and China’s conflicted national form. &lt;em&gt;The China Journal&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;63&lt;/strong&gt;, 1-24.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Llewellyn, M.P. &amp;amp; J. Gleaves 2016. &lt;em&gt;The rise and fall of Olympic amateurism&lt;/em&gt;. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mandell, R. 1976. The invention of the sports record. &lt;em&gt;Stadion &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 250-64.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mangan, J.A. 1981. &lt;em&gt;Athleticism in the Victorian and Edwardian public school: the emergence and consolidation of an educational ideology&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Marks, J. 2008. The growth of scientific standards from Anthropology Days to present days. In &lt;em&gt;The 1904 Anthropology Days and Olympic Games: sport, race, and American imperialism&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) S. Brownell, 383-96. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Miah, A. 2010. Towards the transhuman athlete: therapy, non-therapy and enhancement. &lt;em&gt;Sport in Society&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;13&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 211-33.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Munting, R. 2003. The games ethic and industrial capitalism before 1914: the provision of company sports.&lt;em&gt; Sport in History &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;23&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 45-63.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Niehaus, A. 2006. ‘If you want to cry, cry on the green mats of Kôdôkan’: expressions of Japanese cultural and national identity in the movement to include judo into the Olympics. &lt;em&gt;International Journal of the History of Sport &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;23&lt;/strong&gt;(7), 1173-92.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Paraschak, V. &amp;amp; W.J. Morgan 1997. Variations in race relations: sport­ing events for Native Peoples in Canada. &lt;em&gt;Sociology of Sport Journal &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;14&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 1-21.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Read, K. 1965. &lt;em&gt;The high valley&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rial, C. 2012. Banal religiosity: Brazilian athletes as new missionaries of the neo-Pentecostal diaspora. &lt;em&gt;Vibrant&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;9&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 128-59.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Roche, M. 2000. &lt;em&gt;Mega-events and modernity: Olympics and expos in the growth of global culture&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rothenbuhler, E.W. 1988. The living room celebration of the Olympic Games. &lt;em&gt;Journal of Communication &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;38&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 61-81.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scanlon, T. 2012. Contesting authority in ancient myth and sport. In &lt;em&gt;From Athens to Beijing: West meets East in the Olympic Games&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) S. Brownell, 87-109. New York: Greekworks.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Starn, O. 2011. &lt;em&gt;The passion of Tiger Woods: an anthropologist reports on golf, race, and celebrity scandal&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Symons, C. 2010. &lt;em&gt;The gay games: a history&lt;/em&gt;. Abingdon, U.K.: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Thangaraj, S. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Desi hoop dreams: pickup basketball and the making of Asian American masculinity.&lt;/em&gt; New York: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Young, D.C. 1984. &lt;em&gt;The Olympic myth of Greek amateur athletics. &lt;/em&gt;Chicago: Ares.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notes&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Some of Niko Besnier’s research discussed in this article received funding from the European Research Council under Grant Agreement 295769 for a project titled ‘Globalization, sport and the precarity of masculinity’ (www.global-sport.eu). Susan Brownell received funding for some of the research discussed here from International Studies and Programs and the College of Arts &amp;amp; Sciences at the University of Missouri-St. Louis.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributors&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Niko Besnier is Professor of Cultural Anthropology at the University of Amsterdam. His books include &lt;em&gt;On the edge of the global: modern anxieties in a Pacific island nation&lt;/em&gt; (2011) and &lt;em&gt;Gossip and the everyday production of politics&lt;/em&gt; (2009). He is co-editor of &lt;em&gt;Gender on the edge: transgender, gay, and other Pacific Islanders&lt;/em&gt; (2014) and &lt;em&gt;Crisis, value, and hope: rethinking the economy&lt;/em&gt; (2014). In 2014–9, he was editor-in-chief of &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Niko Besnier, Afdeling Antropologie, Universiteit van Amsterdam, Postbus 15509, 1001 NA Amsterdam, The Netherlands. n.besnier@uva.nl.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Susan Brownell is Professor of Anthropology at the University of Missouri-St. Louis. She is the author of &lt;em&gt;Training the body for China: sports in the moral order of the People’s Republic &lt;/em&gt;(1995) and &lt;em&gt;Beijing’s games: what the Olympics mean to China &lt;/em&gt;(2008), and is the editor of &lt;em&gt;The 1904 Anthropology Days and Olympic Games: sport, race, and American imperialism &lt;/em&gt;(2008).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Susan Brownell, Department of Anthropology &amp;amp; Archaeology, 507 Clark Hall, One University Boulevard, St. Louis, MO 63121-4400, United States. sbrownell@umsl.edu.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 12:33:54 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Felix Stein</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">582 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
</channel>
</rss>
